DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE INC
S-1/A, 1996-11-01
RADIO & TV BROADCASTING & COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Previous: GOLD BANC CORP INC, 8-A12G, 1996-11-01
Next: DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE INC, 8-A12G, 1996-11-01



<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 1, 1996
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-09457
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 -------------
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3663                  95-4313013
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                       601 CLEVELAND STREET, FIFTH FLOOR
                           CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 34615
                                 (813) 442-6677
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 BETH A. MORRIS
                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                       601 CLEVELAND STREET, FIFTH FLOOR
                           CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 34615
                                 (813)442-6677
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                                ----------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
        JOHN J. HENTRICH, ESQ.                    JEFFREY M. STEIN, ESQ.
           BAKER & MCKENZIE                          KING & SPALDING
          101 WEST BROADWAY                     191 PEACHTREE STREET, N.E.
   SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92101-3890            ATLANTA, GEORGIA 30303-1763
            (619) 235-7776                            (404) 572-4600
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS PROMPTLY AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                                ----------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                                ----------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM                       AMOUNT OF
   SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE (1)(2)             REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
Common Stock, $0.0001
 par value per share..............             $55,200,000                           $19,034
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated  solely for  the purpose  of calculating  the registration  fee in
    accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(2) Includes 600,000  shares of  Common  Stock which  may  be purchased  by  the
    Underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option.
                                ----------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933, AS  AMENDED, OR UNTIL  THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                            LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
           -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
                                                                   Front Cover Page of Prospectus
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                                                                   Prospectus
       3.  Summary Information; Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Not Applicable
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting
       6.  Dilution.............................................  Dilution
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting
       9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...........  Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for
                                                                   Future Sale; Dilution; Dividend Policy
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  Experts; Legal Matters
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant
           (1)  Description of Business.........................  Prospectus Summary; Management's Discussion and
                                                                   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                   Operations; Business; Certain Transactions;
                                                                   Financial Statements (including the Notes thereto)
           (2)  Description of Property.........................  Business -- Facilities
           (3)  Legal Proceedings...............................  Business -- Legal Proceedings
           (4)  Market Price of and Dividends on the
                Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                Stockholder Matters.............................  Risk Factors; Dividend Policy; Underwriting
           (5)  Financial Statements............................  Financial Statements (including the Notes thereto)
           (6)  Selected Financial Data.........................  Prospectus Summary -- Summary Financial Data;
                                                                   Selected Financial Data
           (7)  Supplementary Financial Information.............  Not Applicable
           (8)  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                Financial Condition and Results of Operations...  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                   Condition and Results of Operations
           (9)  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............  Not Applicable
           (10)  Directors and Executive Officers...............  Management -- Executive Officers and Directors
           (11)  Executive Compensation.........................  Management -- Executive Compensation
           (12)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                 and Management.................................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
           (13)  Certain Relationships and Related
                 Transactions...................................  Management; Certain Transactions
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 1, 1996
 
                                4,000,000 Shares
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  Common Stock
                               ($.0001 PAR VALUE)
 
                                 --------------
 
OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ("COMMON STOCK") OFFERED HEREBY (THE  "OFFERING"),
3,140,000   SHARES  ARE  BEING  SOLD  BY  DIGITAL  LIGHTWAVE,  INC.  ("DIGITAL
  LIGHTWAVE" OR  THE "COMPANY")  AND  860,000 SHARES  ARE  BEING SOLD  BY  THE
  SELLING   STOCKHOLDERS   NAMED  HEREIN   UNDER  "PRINCIPAL   AND  SELLING
     STOCKHOLDERS" (THE  "SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS").  THE  COMPANY  WILL  NOT
     RECEIVE   ANY  OF  THE  PROCEEDS  OF   SHARES  SOLD  BY  THE  SELLING
      STOCKHOLDERS. PRIOR TO THE OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET
        FOR THE COMMON STOCK. IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT THE INITIAL  PUBLIC
        OFFERING  PRICE WILL BE BETWEEN $10.00 AND $12.00 PER SHARE.
            FOR INFORMATION RELATING  TO THE  FACTORS CONSIDERED  IN
            DETERMINING  THE INITIAL OFFERING PRICE TO THE PUBLIC,
              SEE  "UNDERWRITING."  THE  COMMON  STOCK  HAS   BEEN
              APPROVED  FOR     LISTING ON  THE NASDAQ NATIONAL
                        MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "DIGL."
 
                                 --------------
 
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH
   AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7
                                    HEREIN.
 
                                 -------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
      SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
        COMMISSION  PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION    TO THE  CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              UNDERWRITING                               PROCEEDS TO
                                           PRICE TO           DISCOUNTS AND         PROCEEDS TO            SELLING
                                            PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS          COMPANY(1)          STOCKHOLDERS
                                      -------------------  -------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
PER SHARE...........................           $                    $                    $                    $
TOTAL(2)............................           $                    $                    $                    $
</TABLE>
 
(1) BEFORE   DEDUCTION  OF  EXPENSES  PAYABLE   BY  THE  COMPANY,  ESTIMATED  AT
    $1,000,000.
(2) THE COMPANY HAS GRANTED THE UNDERWRITERS AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE FOR 30  DAYS
    FROM  THE  DATE  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS,  TO  PURCHASE  A  MAXIMUM  OF 600,000
    ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER OVER-ALLOTMENTS OF SHARES. IF THE
    OPTION IS EXERCISED IN FULL,  THE TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC  WILL BE $         ,
    UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS WILL  BE $         , AND PROCEEDS TO
    COMPANY WILL BE $      .
                                 --------------
 
    THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE OFFERED BY THE SEVERAL UNDERWRITERS WHEN,  AS
AND  IF DELIVERED TO AND ACCEPTED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AND SUBJECT TO THEIR RIGHT
TO REJECT ORDERS IN WHOLE OR IN PART.  IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK WILL BE READY FOR DELIVERY ON OR ABOUT          , 1996, AGAINST PAYMENT IN
IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
 
                                CS FIRST BOSTON
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS          , 1996
<PAGE>
                                  [PHOTOGRAPH]
 
    DIGITAL  LIGHTWAVE and  the rectangular  design logo  are trademarks  of the
Company for which registration has been applied. "ASA 312," "NPP 155H" and  "NIU
130" are trademarks of the Company. All other trademarks or trade names referred
to in this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
                                 --------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    DURING THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS  PARTICIPATING
IN  THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS  IN THE COMMON  STOCK OF THE  COMPANY PURSUANT TO  EXEMPTIONS
FROM RULES 10B-6, 10B-7, AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH, THE MORE  DETAILED INFORMATION, INCLUDING  "RISK FACTORS" AND
THE FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND  THE NOTES  THERETO, APPEARING  ELSEWHERE IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS.  CERTAIN  TERMS CONTAINED  HEREIN HAVE  THE RESPECTIVE  MEANINGS SET
FORTH IN THE GLOSSARY AT PAGE  G-1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL  INFORMATION
CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS: (I) GIVES EFFECT TO A TWO FOR THREE REVERSE SPLIT
OF THE  COMMON  STOCK  EFFECTED  ON  OCTOBER 30,  1996;  AND  (II)  ASSUMES  THE
UNDERWRITERS'  OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION  IS  NOT  EXERCISED.  SEE  "DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK" AND "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Digital Lightwave develops, manufactures and sells advanced computer systems
that  provide  information  concerning  the  performance  of  telecommunications
networks  and  transmission  equipment. The  Company  believes that  there  is a
growing need  on the  part of  its customers,  which include  telecommunications
service   providers  and   network  equipment  manufacturers,   to  obtain  such
information in order to  verify and manage the  transmission of voice, data  and
video  and  to  plan  and  implement  network  expansion  more  effectively. The
Company's product, the ASA 312, is a portable software-based network information
computer that is designed to outperform conventional hardware-based network test
instruments. The ASA  312 is  "user friendly," lightweight,  compact and  easily
operated  through a touch sensor over a full color display. The Company believes
that the ASA 312 is the only integrated product that enables users to understand
and  process  information,   simultaneously  and   without  interruption,   from
telecommunications  networks  utilizing: (i)  the  legacy T-Carrier  protocol at
rates DS-1 and DS-3; (ii)  the fiber optic SONET  protocol at rates OC-1,  OC-3,
OC-3c  and OC-12; and (iii)  the ATM protocol. The  Company plans to utilize the
core technologies employed in the ASA 312 to develop a family of on-line  remote
access network information products.
 
    The Company began shipping the ASA 312 in February 1996. The customers which
have  purchased  the  ASA  312  thus  far  include:  (i)  InterExchange Carriers
("IXCs"), such  as  MCI Telecommunications  Corp.  ("MCI"); (ii)  Regional  Bell
Operating  Companies ("RBOCs"), such as  Pacific Telesis Group ("PacTel"); (iii)
Competitive Access Providers  ("CAPs"), such as  U.S. South Communications  Inc.
("U.S. South"); (iv) independent telephone companies, such as GTE Corp. ("GTE");
(v)   network  equipment   manufacturers,  such  as   Tellabs  Operations,  Inc.
("Tellabs"); (vi) equipment  leasing companies,  such as  AT&T Capital  Services
Corp. ("AT&T Capital"); and (vii) the U.S. Department of Defense.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    Over  the  past  several  years, traffic  volume  generated  by  LANs, WANs,
wireless networks and the Internet has placed substantial demands on the  public
telecommunications  network.  In order  to  satisfy the  substantially increased
demand for capacity,  bandwidth and enhanced  data services,  telecommunications
service  providers have added newer, higher  capacity fiber optic cable to their
existing infrastructure.  Domestic  telecommunications  service  providers  have
added  high speed fiber optic SONET transmission equipment to the installed base
of legacy  T-Carrier  transmission  equipment.  With  the  transition  to  SONET
transmission  equipment, the number of equipment manufacturers has increased and
new entrants have  gained significant  market share. In  addition, IXCs,  RBOCs,
CAPs and independent telephone companies have begun to compete actively in local
and  long  distance  markets  as  a  result  of  deregulation  of  the  domestic
telecommunications industry.
 
    In light  of these  developments, the  Company believes  that the  following
factors  are shaping the  demand for advanced products  that process and deliver
telecommunications network information: (i) telecommunications service providers
face competitive pressure to install  high performance network transmission  and
cross-connect  equipment to provide greater bandwidth  and quality of service to
their customers; (ii) telecommunications service  providers may seek to  monitor
on  a continuous basis the transmissions  passing through their network elements
in order to offer  the consistent and reliable  quality of service necessary  to
charge  premium rates;  and (iii) equipment  manufacturers will  be subjected to
more exacting  standards  in  designing,  engineering  and  manufacturing  their
products. The Company believes that
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
these   factors   have   created   a   need   for   technology   that   provides
telecommunications  service  providers  with  enhanced  access  to   information
concerning  their  networks and  provides  equipment manufacturers  with  a more
reliable means of measuring the performance of their products.
 
BACKGROUND AND STRATEGY
 
    In 1991, the  Company's founder assembled  a group of  engineers with  prior
shared  experience  in the  development of  optical  multiplexers to  design and
develop  software,  firmware   and  hardware  technology   to  provide   network
information  solutions. The Company  produced prototypes of the  ASA 312 in late
1994  and  in  1995,  developed  advanced  feature  sets  for  the  ASA  312  in
collaboration  with leading  telecommunications service  providers and equipment
manufacturers. The Company started shipping the ASA 312 in February 1996 and has
shipped 102 units to 20 different  customers. The Company believes that the  ASA
312  will assist the Company in securing a position as a technological leader in
the development of network information solutions.
 
    The Company has developed  a growth strategy which  is designed to  increase
its  market share and expand distribution across  a wide range of customers. The
key elements of the Company's strategy for growth include:
 
    -INCREASE DOMESTIC SALES.  The Company intends to increase sales of the  ASA
     312  by recruiting additional internal sales  staff to broaden its customer
     base and obtain repeat orders. In addition, the Company plans to enter  the
     existing  domestic market for on-line  T-Carrier remote access products and
     obtain an early  market position  as a supplier  of on-line  SONET and  ATM
     remote  access  products. Further,  the Company  intends to  supplement its
     direct sales  network and  develop strategic  OEM partnering  relationships
     with network equipment manufacturers.
 
    -PENETRATE  INTERNATIONAL MARKETS.   The  Company believes  that significant
     demand exists outside the  United States for products  such as the ASA  312
     and  the Company's  planned on-line remote  access products  and intends to
     design and develop versions of these products for international markets.
 
    -ESTABLISH TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP.   The  Company believes that  the ASA  312
     offers superior performance over competing products. The Company intends to
     continue  to devote significant resources to research and development in an
     effort to establish its existing and planned products as leaders in network
     information technology. The  Company also  intends to  broaden its  product
     line  by licensing or acquiring selected  technologies that are outside the
     scope of its research and development activities.
 
    The Company was incorporated  in California on October  12, 1990, under  the
name  Digital Lightwave, Inc., and reincorporated in Delaware on March 18, 1996,
through its merger into a newly formed Delaware corporation. Unless the  context
otherwise  requires,  as  used in  this  Prospectus the  "Company"  and "Digital
Lightwave" refer  to  the Company  and  its predecessor  entity.  The  Company's
principal  executive offices are  located at 601  Cleveland Street, Fifth Floor,
Clearwater, Florida 34615; its telephone and facsimile numbers are  813.442.6677
and  813.442.5660; its  e-mail address is  [email protected]; and  its Web site
address is http://www.lightwave.com.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
Common Stock Offered by:
  The Company..........................  3,140,000 shares
  The Selling Stockholders.............  860,000 shares
    Total..............................  4,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after
 the Offering..........................  25,658,917 shares (1)
Use of Proceeds........................  Working   capital,    retirement   of    short-term
                                         obligations  and other  general corporate purposes,
                                         including new  product  development,  expansion  of
                                         domestic and international distribution
                                         capabilities    and   possible   funding   of   the
                                         acquisition of  complementary businesses,  products
                                         or  technologies. The Company  will not receive any
                                         proceeds from  the  sale  of Common  Stock  by  the
                                         Selling Stockholders.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol..........  DIGL
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Excludes  3,286,667 shares  of Common  Stock issuable  upon the  exercise of
    outstanding employee  stock options  granted prior  to the  date hereof  and
    1,713,333 shares of Common Stock which are reserved for issuance pursuant to
    employee stock options which may be granted in the future.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             ----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                 1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales....................................  $         --  $         --  $         --  $         --  $      3,037
  Gross profit.............................            --            --            --            --         1,885
  Operating income (loss)..................          (545)       (1,568)       (2,725)       (1,894)       (1,713)
  Net interest income (expense)............           (41)         (114)         (613)         (367)         (414)
  Net income (loss)........................  $       (587) $     (1,683) $     (3,334) $     (2,261) $     (2,320)
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net income (loss) per share..............  $       (.01) $       (.04) $       (.08) $       (.05) $       (.10)
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Weighted average common shares
   outstanding (1).........................    43,345,871    43,345,871    41,744,634    43,345,871    23,594,079
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                         -------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(2)
                                                                                         ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital......................................................................  $   2,263    $   33,385
  Total assets.........................................................................      6,055        36,427
  Total debt...........................................................................        750            --
  Total stockholders' equity...........................................................      3,237        34,359
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) On  November 30, 1995,  19,215,686 shares of Common  Stock were purchased by
    the Company from a former stockholder  pursuant to an option granted to  the
    Company   by  the  former   stockholder  in  February   1995.  See  "Certain
    Transactions --  Transactions  with  Former Stockholder."  Pursuant  to  the
    requirements  of the  Securities and  Exchange Commission,  Common Stock and
    stock options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock issued by  the
    Company  during the 12 months prior to the initial public offering date have
    been included in the calculation of the weighted average shares  outstanding
    for  all periods  presented using  the treasury  stock method  based upon an
    assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share.
 
(2) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 3,140,000 shares of Common Stock offered  by
    the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per
    share  (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
    offering expenses payable by the Company).
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN  INVESTMENT  IN THE  COMMON  STOCK INVOLVES  A  HIGH DEGREE  OF  RISK. IN
ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE
PURCHASING SHARES OF THE COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. THIS PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS THE ACCURACY  OF WHICH IS SUBJECT  TO MANY RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S  ACTUAL RESULTS MAY  DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM  THE
RESULTS  DISCUSSED IN THE  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS  THAT MIGHT CAUSE
SUCH A DIFFERENCE  INCLUDE, BUT  ARE NOT LIMITED  TO, THOSE  DISCUSSED IN  "RISK
FACTORS."
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; CUMULATIVE LOSSES
 
    The  Company was incorporated in October  1990 and commenced shipment of its
initial and current product, the ASA 312, in February 1996. Since its inception,
the  Company  has  incurred  substantial  costs  to  develop  and  enhance   its
technology, to create, introduce and enhance its product offerings, to establish
marketing  and  distribution relationships,  to recruit  and  train a  sales and
marketing group, and to build an administrative organization. As a  consequence,
the  Company has incurred operating losses in each fiscal quarter and year since
inception. As of September 30, 1996,  the Company had an accumulated deficit  of
$9.3  million. The Company's prospects must be considered in light of the risks,
expenses and difficulties  frequently encountered  by companies  in their  early
stage  of  development,  particularly  companies in  new,  unproven  and rapidly
evolving markets. There can be no assurance that the Company will be  successful
in addressing such risks. The limited operating history of the Company makes the
prediction  of  future  results  of  operations  difficult  or  impossible,  and
therefore, there can  be no assurance  that the Company  will sustain growth  or
achieve profitability.
 
UNCERTAIN MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMPANY'S EXISTING PRODUCT AND PLANNED
PRODUCTS; DEPENDENCE ON SINGLE PRODUCT
 
    The  market  for  network  information  systems  is  in  an  early  stage of
development and there is uncertainty regarding the size and scope of the market.
While the Company has developed hardware, firmware and software which it expects
to introduce in on-line  remote access products,  the Company currently  derives
all of its sales from its initial product, the ASA 312. The Company expects that
sales  of the ASA 312 product will continue to account for a substantial portion
of the Company's sales  for the foreseeable future.  Broad market acceptance  of
the  ASA 312  is, therefore, critical  to the Company's  future success. Factors
that may affect the  market acceptance of the  ASA 312 include the  availability
and  price  of competitive  products which  carry out  certain of  the functions
performed by the ASA 312  and the success of the  sales efforts of the  Company.
Most  of the companies to which the Company offers the ASA 312 typically conduct
extensive evaluations prior  to ordering  products in  quantities, resulting  in
long  lead  times  to  complete  sales of  the  ASA  312.  The  Company's future
performance will also  depend on  the successful  development, introduction  and
market  acceptance  of  new and  enhanced  products. See  "Business  -- Industry
Development," "-- Technology," "-- Products,"  "-- Product Development" and  "--
Competition."
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION
 
    The  Company's customer  base at  the present  time consists  primarily of a
limited  number   of   telecommunications  service   providers   and   equipment
manufacturers.  These companies have accounted, and are expected to account, for
a major portion of the Company's sales.  Any reduction or delay in sales of  the
ASA  312 to its principal customers or the  loss of one or more of the Company's
principal customers  could  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the  Company's
business,  financial  condition  and  results of  operations.  There  can  be no
assurance that the Company will retain its current principal customers, that its
current principal customers will require additional quantities of the ASA 312 or
that the Company will be able  to establish new customer relationships. For  the
nine months ended September 30, 1996, sales to MCI, PacTel and Tellabs accounted
for  31%,  18%  and 13%  of  total  sales, respectively.  The  Company  does not
anticipate that its sales to these customers will continue to be as  significant
in  future periods and  the success of  the Company is  therefore dependent upon
broadening its customer  base to maintain  or increase its  level of sales.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Customers."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS
 
    The market for  the Company's products  is expected to  be characterized  by
frequent  new product  introductions, rapidly changing  technology and continued
emergence of new industry standards, any  of which could adversely affect  sales
of  the Company's products  or render the  Company's existing products obsolete.
The Company's success will depend upon its ability to develop and introduce,  in
a  timely fashion, new  products and enhancements to  its existing products that
meet  changing  customer  requirements  and  emerging  industry  standards.  The
development  of new,  technologically advanced  products and  the enhancement of
existing products is a  complex and uncertain process  requiring high levels  of
innovation,  as well as the  accurate anticipation of technological developments
and market trends. There can  be no assurance that the  Company will be able  to
identify,  develop,  manufacture, market  or  support new  or  enhanced products
successfully or on a timely  basis, that new products  of the Company will  gain
market  acceptance or that  the Company will  be able to  respond effectively to
product announcements by  competitors, technology changes  or emerging  industry
standards.  Failure  of  the Company,  for  technological or  other  reasons, to
develop and introduce  new products  and product  enhancements in  a timely  and
cost-effective manner or to anticipate and respond adequately to changing market
conditions,  as  well  as  any  significant  delay  in  product  development  or
introduction, could cause customers to delay  or decide against purchase of  the
Company's  products, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial  condition  and  results of  operations.  In  addition,  the
introduction  or  announcement  by  the  Company,  or  by  one  or  more  of its
competitors, of products embodying new technologies or features could render the
Company's existing products obsolete or unmarketable or cause customers to defer
or cancel purchases  of existing products  of the Company.  Any such  occurrence
could  have a  material adverse  effect upon  the Company's  business, financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.  See  "Business  --  Technology,"   "--
Products," and "-- Product Development."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  market for the ASA 312 and  the Company's planned products is intensely
competitive  and  subject  to  rapid  technological  change,  frequent   product
introductions  with  improved  price/performance  characteristics  and continued
emergence of new  industry standards. Hewlett  Packard Co.  ("Hewlett-Packard"),
Tektronix  Inc. ("Tektronix"), Dynatec Corp. ("Dynatec") and Wandel & Goltermann
Technologies, Inc.  ("Wandel  &  Goltermann"), among  others,  manufacture  test
instruments  utilized to check the status  of one transmission speed or protocol
at a  time  and Applied  Digital  Access  Inc. ("Applied  Digital  Access")  and
Hekimian  Laboratories, Inc. ("Hekimian"), among  others, produce on-line remote
monitoring products utilized to test  the integrity of T-Carrier signals  within
specific  network equipment. In addition to its current competitors, the Company
anticipates that it will face competition from other companies as the market for
its products  grows  and  as  it  releases  additional  and  enhanced  products.
Furthermore,  many of the Company's large  competitors offer customers a broader
product line than the Company currently offers or can be expected to offer. Many
of the  Company's  current  and  potential  competitors  have  longer  operating
histories  and substantially greater financial,  technical, sales, marketing and
other resources, as  well as  greater name  recognition and  a larger  installed
customer  base, than  the Company.  As a result,  these competitors  are able to
devote greater  resources to  the development,  promotion, sale  and support  of
their  products than the Company. In addition, competitors with larger installed
customer bases may have  a competitive advantage over  the Company when  selling
similar products or alternative network information solutions to such customers.
Increased  competition could  result in  significant price  competition, reduced
profit margins or  loss of  market share,  any of  which could  have a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. There can be no assurance that  the Company will be able to  compete
successfully   against  current   and  future  competitors.   See  "Business  --
Competition."
 
SUBSTANTIAL INCREASE IN MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS; DEPENDENCE ON CONTRACT
MANUFACTURING AND LIMITED SOURCE SUPPLIERS
 
    The Company  is in  the  process of  substantially  increasing its  flow  of
materials,  contract  manufacturing  capacity  and  internal  test  and  quality
functions to  respond to  anticipated customer  demand for  the ASA  312 and  to
reduce  its order lead times. Any inability to increase product flow would limit
the Company's revenue, could adversely affect the Company's competitive position
and could result in cancellation of orders. The
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Company's operational  strategy  relies  on outsourcing  of  manufacturing.  The
Company  currently subcontracts  component procurement  and kitting  and printed
circuit board assembly to a  single company (Q-1 Technologies) that  specializes
in  those  services. The  Company  is seeking  to  secure additional  sources of
supply, including additional contract manufacturers. Certain key components used
in the manufacture of the  ASA 312 are currently  purchased only from single  or
limited  sources. At present,  the Company's only  single-sourced component is a
SONET overhead terminator.  Limited-source components  utilized in  the ASA  312
include  a single board computer, a power supply, a touch sensor and controller,
plastic housing units and other discrete components.
 
    The Company has experienced and may in the future experience, problems  with
its   various  component  suppliers,  such  as  inferior  quality,  insufficient
quantities and late delivery. There can be no assurance that such problems  will
not  generate  material  liabilities for  the  Company or  adversely  impact the
Company's relations with  its customers.  In addition,  the Company  may in  the
future experience pricing pressure from its contract manufacturers. There can be
no assurance that the Company will manage its contract manufacturers effectively
or  that these  manufacturers will  meet the  Company's future  requirements for
timely delivery  of products  of sufficient  quality and  quantity. The  Company
intends  to introduce  certain new  products and  product enhancements  in 1997,
which may  require  that  the  Company  rapidly  achieve  volume  production  by
coordinating its efforts with those of its suppliers and contract manufacturers.
The  inability  of  the  Company's contract  manufacturers  to  provide adequate
supplies of high-quality products or the  loss of any of the Company's  contract
manufacturers  could cause  a delay in  the Company's ability  to fulfill orders
while the  Company  identifies  a  replacement manufacturer  and  could  have  a
material  adverse effect  upon the  Company's business,  financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business -- Production."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL AND HIRING OF ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's success  depends to  a significant degree  upon the  continued
contributions  of key management, engineering,  sales and marketing, finance and
manufacturing personnel,  certain of  whom  would be  difficult to  replace.  In
particular,  the Company believes that its future success is highly dependent on
Dr. Bryan J.  Zwan, its  Chairman, Chief  Executive Officer  and President.  The
Company  does not  intend to  maintain key man  life insurance  covering its key
personnel. Most of the  Company's executive officers  joined the Company  within
the  past two years and, therefore, have been involved only with the most recent
operating activity  of the  Company.  The Company's  success  will depend  to  a
significant  extent  on the  ability of  these  executive officers  to integrate
themselves into the  Company's daily operations  and for all  personnel to  work
effectively  together as  a team. The  Company believes its  future success will
also depend in large part upon its ability to attract and retain highly  skilled
management,   engineering,  sales  and   marketing,  finance  and  manufacturing
personnel. In particular,  the Company requires  additional technical  personnel
with  expertise in SDH signaling standards  to develop international versions of
its products and requires domestic  regional and international management  level
sales  personnel to  pursue increased  domestic and  international market share.
Competition for such personnel is intense and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. The  loss
of  the services of any of the Company's key personnel, the inability to attract
or retain  qualified  personnel in  the  future  or delays  in  hiring  required
personnel  could  have  a material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,
financial condition and results of  operations. See "Business -- Employees"  and
"Management -- Executive Officers and Directors."
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    The Company has significantly expanded its operations over the past year and
the   success  of  the  Company  is  dependent  upon  its  continued  expansion,
particularly in  hiring additional  technical  and customer  support  personnel,
developing  its  sales and  marketing  network and  expanding  its manufacturing
capacity. There  may be  only a  limited number  of persons  with the  requisite
skills  to serve in these positions and it may become increasingly difficult for
the Company to  hire such personnel.  Future expansion by  the Company may  also
significantly   strain  the  Company's   management,  marketing,  manufacturing,
financial and other  resources. There  can be  no assurance  that the  Company's
systems,  procedures  and controls  will be  adequate  to support  the Company's
future operations. Failure to manage the Company's growth properly could have  a
material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company  may in  the future  undertake acquisitions  that could  present
challenges  to the Company's  management, such as  integrating and incorporating
new operations,  product lines,  technologies and  personnel. If  the  Company's
management  is  unable  to  manage  these  challenges,  the  Company's business,
financial condition or results of  operations could be materially and  adversely
affected.  Any acquisition, depending on its size,  could result in the use of a
significant portion of the Company's available  cash, or if such acquisition  is
made utilizing the Company's securities, could result in significant dilution to
the  Company's  stockholders. Acquisitions  involve  a number  of  special risks
including  possible  adverse  short-term  effects  on  the  Company's  operating
results,  the  realization of  acquired intangible  assets and  the loss  of key
employees of  the acquired  companies. The  Company does  not have  pending  any
negotiations or agreements with respect to any such acquisition.
 
RISK OF PRODUCT DEFECTS
 
    Products  as  complex as  those offered  by  the Company  frequently contain
undetected software or hardware errors when first introduced or as new  versions
are  released. Such errors have occurred in the past and, despite testing by the
Company and by current  and potential customers, the  Company expects that  such
errors  will  be found  from  time to  time in  new  or enhanced  products after
commencement of commercial shipments. Moreover, there can be no assurance  that,
once  detected,  such errors  can be  corrected  in a  timely manner  or without
substantial expense. The occurrence of such errors could result in the delay  or
loss   of  market  acceptance  of  the  Company's  products,  the  diversion  of
engineering and other resources from the Company's product development  efforts,
warranty  expense and the loss  of credibility with its  customers, any of which
could have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.
 
ANTICIPATED FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS
 
    It  is  anticipated that  as the  Company matures,  the Company's  sales and
operating results may fluctuate  from quarter to quarter  and from year to  year
due  to a combination of  factors, many of which are  outside the control of the
Company, including, among others (i) the timing and amount of significant orders
from the Company's customers, (ii) the ability to obtain sufficient supplies  of
sole  or limited source components for the Company's products, (iii) the ability
to attain and maintain production volumes  and quality levels for its  products,
(iv)   the  mix  of   distribution  channels  and   products,  (v)  new  product
introductions by  the  Company's  competitors, (vi)  the  Company's  success  in
developing,  introducing  and shipping  product  enhancements and  new products,
(vii) pricing  actions by  the Company  or its  competitors, (viii)  changes  in
material  costs and (ix) general economic conditions. Any unfavorable changes in
these or other  factors could have  a material adverse  effect on the  Company's
business,  financial condition and  results of operations.  Although the Company
only recently commenced sales  of the ASA 312,  the Company does not  anticipate
that  its backlog at the beginning of each quarter will be sufficient to achieve
expected revenue  for  that quarter.  To  achieve its  revenue  objectives,  the
Company expects that it will have to obtain orders during a quarter for shipment
in  that quarter. As a result of all of the foregoing, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly
or  annual  basis.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
    The  Company's success and its ability to  compete is dependent in part upon
its proprietary technology. Although the Company has applied for several patents
on elements of  its core  technology, the Company  currently does  not hold  any
patents  and relies  on a combination  of contractual rights,  trade secrets and
copyright laws to establish and protect its proprietary rights in its  products.
There  can be no  assurance that the  patents for which  the Company has applied
will be issued or that steps taken by the Company to protect its technology will
be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or that the  Company's
competitors  will not independently develop  technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to the Company's technology. In the event that protective
measures are not  successful, the  Company's business,  financial condition  and
results  of operations could be materially  and adversely affected. In addition,
the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Company's growth strategy includes  a plan to  enter international markets,  and
the  laws of  some foreign  countries do  not protect  the Company's proprietary
rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.
 
    The Company is  also subject to  the risk of  adverse claims and  litigation
alleging  infringement  of intellectual  property rights  of others.  Given that
patent applications in the  United States are not  publicly disclosed until  the
patent  issues, applications  may have been  filed which, if  issued as patents,
could relate to the Company's  products. The Company is  subject to the risk  of
claims  and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights
of others. Although the Company believes  that its technology does not  infringe
on  the proprietary rights of others and  has not received any notice of claimed
infringements, there can  be no  assurance that  third parties  will not  assert
infringement  claims against the Company in the future based on patents or trade
secrets or that  such claims  will not be  successful. The  Company could  incur
substantial costs in defending itself and its customers against any such claims,
regardless  of the merits of such claims. Parties making such claims may be able
to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief which could effectively block the
Company's ability to  sell its  products in the  United States  and abroad,  and
could obtain an award of substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim
of  infringement, the  Company, its customers  and end-users may  be required to
obtain one or more licenses from third  parties. There can be no assurance  that
the  Company or its customers could obtain necessary licenses from third parties
at a reasonable  cost or  at all.  The defense of  any lawsuit  could result  in
time-consuming and expensive litigation, damages, license fees, royalty payments
and  restrictions on the  Company's ability to  sell its products,  any of which
could have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Intellectual Property."
 
PRODUCT CERTIFICATIONS
 
    The   Company's   products  must   meet   industry  standards   and  receive
certification for connection to certain public telecommunications networks prior
to their sale.  In the United  States, the Company's  products must comply  with
various regulations promulgated by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC")
and  Underwriters  Laboratories.  Internationally, the  Company's  products must
comply with standards established  by telecommunications authorities in  various
countries  as  well as  with recommendations  of  the Consultative  Committee on
International Telegraph and  Telephony. In  addition, certain  products must  be
certified  by Bell Communications Research, Inc. ("Bellcore") to be commercially
viable. Although  the Company's  products have  not been  denied any  regulatory
approvals  or certifications to date, any future inability to obtain on a timely
basis or retain domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certifications or to
comply with  existing  or evolving  industry  standards could  have  a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. See "Business -- Industry Development."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER
 
    Following the Offering, the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer,
together  with entities affiliated with him, will beneficially own approximately
78% of  the  Company's  outstanding  Common  Stock  (approximately  76%  if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full). Accordingly, he will
be able  to elect  the Company's  directors,  will retain  the voting  power  to
approve  all matters  requiring stockholder approval  and will  continue to have
significant influence over the  affairs of the Company,  including the power  to
delay  or  prevent a  change in  control  of the  Company. See  "Management" and
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
FACTORS INHIBITING TAKEOVER
 
    Certain provisions of the Company's charter documents, including  provisions
limiting  the  ability of  stockholders to  take action  by written  consent and
limiting  the  ability  of  stockholders  to  raise  matters  at  a  meeting  of
stockholders   without  giving  advance   notice,  and  provisions  establishing
supermajority affirmative  voting  requirements  as a  prerequisite  to  certain
extraordinary  corporate  transactions,  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying or
preventing changes in control or management of the Company, which could have  an
adverse  effect on the market price of  the Company's Common Stock. In addition,
the Company's Board  of Directors will  be divided into  three classes, each  of
which  serves for a staggered three-year term,  which may make it more difficult
for a third party to gain control of the Company's Board of Directors. The Board
of Directors
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
has authority to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to fix the
rights, preferences, privileges  and restrictions, including  voting rights,  of
these  shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights
of the holders  of the Company's  Common Stock will  be subject to,  and may  be
adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may
be  issued in the future. The issuance  of Preferred Stock could have the effect
of delaying,  deferring  or preventing  a  change  in control  of  the  Company.
Furthermore,  such  Preferred Stock  may have  other rights,  including economic
rights, senior to  the Common  Stock, and,  as a  result, the  issuance of  such
Preferred  Stock could have a material adverse effect on the market value of the
Common Stock. In addition, Section 203  of the Delaware General Corporation  Law
restricts  certain business  combinations with  any "interested  stockholder" as
defined by such statute. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following the Offering could adversely affect the market price for the Company's
Common Stock. On the date of this Prospectus, no shares other than the 4,000,000
shares offered  hereby will  be eligible  for  sale in  the public  market.  All
directors  and officers of the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders have
agreed with the Underwriters not to sell  or otherwise dispose of any shares  of
Common  Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written  consent of CS  First Boston Corporation.  Beginning 180  days
after  the date  of this Prospectus,  assuming that CS  First Boston Corporation
does not  consent to  any sales  prior to  such time,  an additional  20,000,000
shares  subject to such agreements  will become eligible for  sale in the public
market subject  to  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  Rule  144  under  the
Securities  Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities Act").  Such 20,000,000
shares are  held  by  Dr. Zwan,  the  Company's  Chairman of  the  Board,  Chief
Executive  Officer and President, who is an "affiliate" of the Company, and may,
therefore, only be sold by Dr. Zwan in the public market in compliance with  the
volume  limitations  of Rule  144. At  various  times thereafter,  an additional
1,658,917 shares will become eligible for sale in the public market. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriting."
 
BENEFITS OF THE OFFERING TO EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The Common Stock purchased by the existing stockholders for an aggregate  of
$14.2  million prior to the date of this Prospectus would have a market value of
$247.7 million based upon  the assumed initial public  offering price of  $11.00
per  share. Existing stockholders  will be selling  22% of the  shares of Common
Stock offered  hereby (approximately  19%  if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full). See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
NO PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior  to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company.  The principal reasons  for making the  Offering at the  present
time  are  to  obtain  additional  working  capital  and  for  general corporate
purposes, to create a public market for  the Common Stock of the Company and  to
facilitate  future  access  to  the  public market.  However,  there  can  be no
assurance that an active public market for  the Common Stock will develop or  be
sustained  after  the  Offering.  The  initial  public  offering  price  will be
determined by negotiations  between the  Company and the  Underwriters based  on
several  factors and  may not be  indicative of  the market price  of the Common
Stock after the  Offering. The market  price of  the shares of  Common Stock  is
likely  to be highly volatile and may  be significantly affected by factors such
as actual or anticipated fluctuations in the Company's results of operations and
other factors. In addition, the stock  market has from time to time  experienced
significant  price and volume  fluctuations that have  particularly affected the
market prices for the common stocks of technology companies. These broad  market
fluctuations  may  adversely effect  the market  price  of the  Company's Common
Stock. See "Underwriting."
 
DILUTION
 
    The initial public  offering price  of the  Common Stock  offered hereby  is
substantially  higher than the net  tangible book value per  share of the Common
Stock. Therefore,  purchasers  of Common  Stock  offered hereby  will  incur  an
immediate  and substantial dilution, and may  incur additional dilution upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options. See "Dilution."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net  proceeds to  the Company  from the  Offering are  estimated (at  an
assumed  initial public offering price of  $11.00 per share) to be approximately
$31.1 million  ($37.3  million if  the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option  is
exercised  in full). The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering
for the retirement of $750,000 of its 18% subordinated promissory notes due  May
31,  1997, working  capital and other  general corporate  purposes, including an
estimated $5.5  million  for  equipment and  personnel  to  support  accelerated
product  development  and an  estimated $3.0  million  to enhance  the Company's
domestic and international distribution capabilities. The Company may also use a
portion  of  the  net  proceeds  of   the  Offering  to  fund  acquisitions   of
complementary  businesses,  products  or  technologies,  although  there  are no
current agreements  or  negotiations  with respect  to  any  such  acquisitions.
Pending  use of the  net proceeds, the  Company will invest  the net proceeds in
short-term investment  grade  securities.  The  Company  will  not  receive  any
proceeds from the sale of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders.
 
    The amounts and timing of expenditures may vary significantly depending upon
numerous  factors,  including  the rate  of  progress in  the  Company's current
product development  efforts, the  magnitude of  additional product  development
efforts  of  the  Company,  technological advances,  the  status  of competitive
products and the availability of alternative methods of financing.  Accordingly,
management will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of the Offering
to  the Company.  The Company anticipates  that its  existing capital resources,
including the proceeds of the Offering, will be adequate to satisfy its  capital
needs  through  1997. See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has not declared or paid dividends on its Common Stock since the
inception of the Company. The Company  currently intends to retain any  earnings
for  use in developing and  growing its business and  does not anticipate paying
any cash dividends  on its Common  Stock in the  foreseeable future. Any  future
determination  to pay cash dividends  will be at the  discretion of the Board of
Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's financial condition,  results
of  operations,  capital requirements  and such  other factors  as the  Board of
Directors deems relevant.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following  table sets  forth the  capitalization of  the Company  as  of
September  30, 1996 (i) on an  actual basis and (ii) on  an as adjusted basis to
give effect to  the sale  by the  Company of  3,140,000 shares  of Common  Stock
offered hereby based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per
share  and the application  of the estimated net  proceeds therefrom. This table
should be read in  conjunction with the Financial  Statements and Notes  thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                            -----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Short-term debt...........................................................................  $     750   $   --
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
 
Long-term obligations.....................................................................  $  --       $   --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares; 0 shares issued........     --           --
  Common Stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
   22,518,917 shares (actual) and 25,658,917 shares (as adjusted) (1).....................          2            3
  Additional paid in capital..............................................................     14,242       45,363
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................................     (9,307)      (9,307)
  Stockholder loan........................................................................     (1,700)      (1,700)
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................      3,237       34,359
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
      Total capitalization................................................................  $   3,237   $   34,359
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
                                                                                            ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Excludes 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under
    the  Company's  Option  Plan,  including 3,286,667  shares  of  Common Stock
    issuable pursuant to employee  stock options outstanding as  of the date  of
    this  Prospectus. See  "Principal and Selling  Stockholders," "Management --
    Option Plan" and Note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The net tangible  book value of  the Company  as of September  30, 1996  was
approximately $3.2 million, or $.14 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book
value   per  share  is  equal  to  the  Company's  tangible  assets  less  total
liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding.
After  giving effect to the sale of  3,140,000 shares of Common Stock offered by
the Company hereby  at an assumed  initial public offering  price of $11.00  per
share  and after deducting underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company (resulting in estimated net proceeds of
$31.1 million), the  pro forma  net tangible  book value  of the  Company as  of
September  30, 1996  would have been  approximately $34.4 million,  or $1.34 per
share. This represents  an immediate  increase of  $1.20 per  share to  existing
stockholders  and  an immediate  dilution of  $9.66 per  share to  purchasers of
Common Stock in  the Offering. The  following table illustrates  this per  share
dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share......................             $   11.00
  Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 1996............  $     .14
  Increase attributable to the Offering..............................       1.20
                                                                       ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering.......                  1.34
                                                                                  ---------
Dilution per share to purchasers in the Offering (1).................             $    9.66
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  following table summarizes on pro forma  basis as of September 30, 1996
the number of shares  of Common Stock acquired  from the Company, the  aggregate
consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders
and  to be  paid by investors  purchasing Common  Stock from the  Company in the
Offering (at an assumed  initial public offering price  of $11.00 per share  and
before  deducting underwriting discounts and  commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION (1)      AVERAGE
                                           -------------------------  --------------------------   PRICE PER
                                              NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       SHARE
                                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders (1)(2).............    22,518,917       87.8%   $  14,243,203       29.2%    $     .63
New investors (2)........................     3,140,000       12.2       34,540,000       70.8         11.00
                                           ------------      -----    -------------      -----
    Total................................    25,658,917      100.0%   $  48,783,203      100.0%
                                           ------------      -----    -------------      -----
                                           ------------      -----    -------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) As of  the  date of  this  Prospectus,  there were  employee  stock  options
    outstanding  to purchase a total of 3,286,667 shares of Common Stock. If all
    such options outstanding at September 30, 1996 were exercised, the  dilution
    per  share to new investors  in the Offering would  be decreased by $.64 per
    share to a total of $9.02 per share and the average price per share paid  by
    the  Company's existing  stockholders would be  $1.44. See "Capitalization,"
    "Management -- Option Plan" and Note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.
 
(2) Sales by Selling  Stockholders in  the Offering  will reduce  the number  of
    shares  held by existing stockholders to 21,658,917 shares, or approximately
    84.4% of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding, and will increase the
    number of shares held by new investors to 4,000,000 shares, or approximately
    15.6% of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
    The following selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995, the nine months ended September 30, 1996, as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 and as of September 30, 1996 are derived from the Financial  Statements
of the Company, which have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
certified  accountants,  and  are  included in  this  Prospectus.  The following
selected financial data for the period from inception, October 12, 1990  through
December  31, 1991, for the year ended December  31, 1992 and as of December 31,
1991, 1992 and  1993 are derived  from the Financial  Statements of the  Company
which  have  been audited  by Coopers  &  Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent certified
accountants, and  which  are  not  included in  this  Prospectus.  The  selected
financial  data for the  nine months ended  September 30, 1995  are derived from
unaudited financial statements prepared by the Company. The unaudited  financial
statements  include all  adjustments, consisting  of normal  recurring accruals,
which the Company considers necessary for  a fair presentation of the  financial
position  and the results  of operations for this  period. Operating results for
the nine months ended September 30,  1996 are not necessarily indicative of  the
results  that may be expected for the  entire year ending December 31, 1996. The
selected financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  "Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations" and
the Financial Statements of the Company and Notes thereto included elsewhere  in
this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NINE MONTHS
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 -----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                  1991(1)     1992       1993       1994       1995                       1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------     1995      --------------
                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales........................  $      --  $      --  $      --  $      --  $      --   $      --     $    3,037
  Cost of sales................         --         --         --         --         --          --         (1,152)
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Gross profit.................         --         --         --         --         --          --          1,885
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development...        124        366        439      1,241      1,508       1,169          1,653
    Selling, general and
     administrative............         --         77        106        327      1,217         725          1,945
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Total operating expenses.....        124        443        545      1,568      2,725       1,894          3,598
  Operating income (loss)......       (124)      (443)      (545)    (1,568)    (2,725)     (1,894)        (1,713)
  Interest income (expense)....         (1)       (16)       (41)      (114)      (613)       (367)          (414)
  Other income (expense).......         --         --         --         --          4          --           (193)
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Income (loss) before income
   taxes.......................       (125)      (459)      (586)    (1,682)    (3,334)     (2,261)        (2,320)
  Provision for income taxes...         --         (1)        (1)        (1)        --          --             --
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Net income (loss)............  $    (125) $    (460) $    (587) $  (1,683) $  (3,334)  $  (2,261)    $   (2,320)
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Net income (loss) per
   share.......................  $      --  $    (.01) $    (.01) $    (.04) $    (.08)  $    (.05)    $     (.10)
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  --------------
  Weighted average shares
   outstanding (2).............  43,345,871 43,345,871 43,345,871 43,345,871 41,744,634 43,345,871     23,594,079
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------  -------------
                                                 1991       1992       1993       1994       1995         1996
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (deficit)..................  $     (43) $    (104) $    (725) $  (1,939) $  (8,595)  $     2,263
  Total assets...............................         15        299        194        332      1,277         6,055
  Short-term notes payable...................         --        257        555      1,602      7,897           750
  Long-term debt.............................         --         --         --        500         --            --
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit).......        (30)       (58)      (645)    (2,328)    (8,163)        3,237
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
(1)  Period  cumulative from inception,  October 12, 1990,  through December 31,
     1991.
 
(2)  On November 30, 1995, 19,215,686 shares  of Common Stock were purchased  by
     the  Company from a former stockholder pursuant to an option granted to the
     Company  by  the  former  stockholder   in  February  1995.  See   "Certain
     Transactions  --  Transactions with  Former  Stockholder." Pursuant  to the
     requirements of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission, Common Stock  and
     stock options and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock issued by the
     Company during the 12 months prior to the initial public offering date have
     been included in the calculation of the weighted average shares outstanding
     for  all periods  presented using the  treasury stock method  based upon an
     assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
THE  COMPANY AND  THE NOTES  THERETO, AND  OTHER FINANCIAL  INFORMATION INCLUDED
ELSEWHERE IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  CERTAIN  STATEMENTS
REGARDING  FUTURE TRENDS,  THE ACCURACY  OF WHICH IS  SUBJECT TO  MANY RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. SUCH TRENDS, AND THEIR ANTICIPATED IMPACT UPON THE COMPANY, COULD
DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE  PRESENTED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. FACTORS THAT  COULD
CAUSE  OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE,  BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE
DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company manufactures and sells the ASA 312 network information  computer
and  has other products in design and development. The ASA 312 and the Company's
planned products are based on the Company's core software, firmware and hardware
technology which was developed  over a five year  period. In February 1996,  the
Company  commenced sales of  the ASA 312.  To date, the  Company has not entered
into long  term  agreements or  blanket  purchase orders  for  the sale  of  its
products, but generally obtains purchase orders for immediate shipment and other
cancelable purchase commitments. The Company's sales during a particular quarter
are,  therefore, highly  dependent upon  orders placed  by customers  during the
quarter. Consequently, sales may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter
due to the timing and amount of orders from customers, among other factors.
 
    The Company allocates all of its fixed production costs to the cost of goods
sold of those products shipped during a given period. Accordingly, gross  profit
may  fluctuate significantly from period to period  as a result of the change in
overall sales  volumes.  Gross profit  may  be affected  in  the future  by  the
introduction  of new  products which  generate differing  gross margins  and the
sales mix during a given  period. In addition, the  Company plans to pursue  OEM
relationships  with respect to the sale of  certain of its on-line remote access
products in development. The  Company has not  negotiated any such  arrangements
but anticipates that its pricing to OEM partners would be less than with respect
to  direct  sales resulting  in  lower gross  margins  in connection  with these
arrangements. However, sales and marketing  expenses are generally lower in  the
case of sales to OEM partners.
 
    The  Company believes that its operating  expenses will continue to increase
as a  result of  a variety  of  factors including:  (i) increased  research  and
development   expenses  associated  with  the  completion  of  the  products  in
development and  the  continued  enhancement  of  existing  products;  and  (ii)
increased selling, general and administrative expenses associated with continued
expansion   of  sales  and  marketing   capabilities,  product  advertising  and
promotion.  The  Company  recognizes  research  and  development  expenses  when
incurred.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30, 1995
 
    SALES.   Sales of  the ASA 312 increased  from $0 for  the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 to $3.0 million for the nine months ended September 30,  1996
reflecting  the initiation of sales  of the ASA 312  during the first quarter of
1996. Total sales of  $185,000, $1.1 million and  $1.7 million were made  during
the  first, second  and third  quarters of  1996, respectively.  During the nine
months ended September 30, 1996, sales to MCI, PacTel and Tellabs accounted  for
31%,  18% and 13% of  sales, respectively. The Company  does not anticipate that
the sales  to these  customers will  continue  to be  as significant  in  future
periods and is therefore dependent upon broadening its customer base to maintain
or increase its level of sales.
 
    COST  OF GOODS  SOLD.   Cost of goods  sold increased  from $0  for the nine
months ended  September 30,  1995 to  $1.2  million for  the nine  months  ended
September  30, 1996. Gross margin  on the sale of ASA  312 units during the nine
months ended September  30, 1996  was 62%. Cost  of goods  sold includes  direct
costs  of subassemblies and components, fixed  costs of the Company's production
department, indirect  costs,  and  contract  services.  Fixed  production  costs
amounted to $319,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1996.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased 90% from $1.9 million for
the nine months ended  September 30, 1995  to $3.6 million  for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1996 as  a result of increases  in research and development
and selling,  general  and  administrative expenses.  Research  and  development
expense  increased 41% from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1995 to $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 primarily as a
result of adding engineering personnel to expand the Company's technology and to
develop new  products. Selling,  general and  administrative expenses  increased
168%  from $725,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 to $2.0 million
for the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1996  primarily  due  to  facility
expansion,  employment of managerial and  support staff and commissions directly
related to sales.
 
    NET INTEREST EXPENSE.  Net interest expense increased 13% from $367,000  for
the  nine months ended September 30, 1995  to $414,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 primarily due to servicing short-term debt, all but  $750,000
of which had been retired as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
    NET  OTHER EXPENSE.  Net other expense increased from $0 for the nine months
ended September 30,  1995 to $193,000  for the nine  months ended September  30,
1996, primarily due to nonrecurring extension fee payments associated with short
term  indebtedness of the  Company which had  been retired prior  to the date of
this Prospectus.
 
    1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased 74% from $1.6 million  for
1994  to  $2.7  million  for 1995  as  a  result of  increases  in  research and
development and  selling,  general  and administrative  expenses.  Research  and
development expense increased 22% from $1.2 million for 1994 to $1.5 million for
1995  as  a  result  of  additional  personnel  costs  incurred  to  support the
development of enhancements  to new  applications for  and pre-production  costs
related  to the ASA  312. Selling, general  and administrative expense increased
272% from  $327,000  for  1994  to  $1.2  million  for  1995  due  to  increased
administrative  personnel and costs associated with  the introduction of the ASA
312 at trade shows.
 
    NET INTEREST EXPENSE.  Net interest expense increased 438% from $114,000 for
1994  to  $613,000  for  1995  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  incurrence  of
indebtedness to finance operations.
 
    1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.   Operating expenses  increased 188%  from $545,000 for
1993 to  $1.6  million  for 1994  as  a  result of  increases  in  research  and
development  and  selling,  general and  administrative  expenses.  Research and
development expense increased 183%  from $439,000 for 1993  to $1.2 million  for
1994  primarily as  a result  of an increase  in technical  personnel to support
development  of  the  Company's  technology,  the  purchase  of  components   to
manufacture  prototype products and product  design expenses associated with the
ASA 312.  Selling,  general  and administrative  expenses  increased  209%  from
$106,000  for 1993  to $327,000  for 1994,  primarily as  a result  of increased
personnel and employee relocation costs.
 
    NET INTEREST EXPENSE.  Net interest expense increased 178% from $41,000  for
1993  to $114,000 for 1994 primarily as a result of reliance on external debt to
finance operations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Operating expenses through  December 31, 1995  were financed primarily  with
borrowings.  As of December  31, 1995, the Company  had incurred indebtedness of
$7.9 million,  all  of  which  was short-term.  During  the  nine  months  ended
September 30, 1996, the Company sold 2,518,917 shares of Common Stock in private
transactions,  including the issuance  of 1,283,003 shares  upon the exercise of
outstanding options and warrants  for an aggregate of  $13.7 million and  issued
$750,000  in 18% unsecured  subordinated promissory notes due  May 31, 1997 (the
"Notes"). The proceeds of the  sale of such Common  Stock were used for  working
capital  and to retire all  of the Company's indebtedness  other than the Notes.
The Company's working capital position improved  from a deficit of $8.6  million
as  of December 31, 1995 to $2.3 million  as of September 30, 1996 primarily due
to the issuance of Common Stock, increases in accounts receivable and  decreases
in short-term obligations.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    The  Company  requires substantial  working  capital to  fund  its business,
particularly to  finance inventories  and accounts  receivable and  for  capital
expenditures.  As a result of the substantial quarterly increase in sales, trade
accounts receivable increased  to $1.4  million as  of September  30, 1996.  The
Company's future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the
rate  of revenue growth,  the timing and  extent of spending  to support product
development efforts  and  expansion  of  sales  and  marketing,  the  timing  of
introductions  of new products and enhancements  to existing products and market
acceptance of the Company's products. There can be no assurance that  additional
equity  or debt financing, if required, will be available on acceptable terms or
at all.
 
    Management estimates that  capital expenditures will  be approximately  $1.2
million  in the fourth quarter of 1996 and  $4.0 million in 1997, and that these
amounts  will  be  used  for  the  purchase  of  equipment  related  to  product
development and automation of production operations, for the purchase of tooling
for  plastic  injection  production  molds,  for  ASA  312  production  and  for
furniture, fixtures and  equipment in connection  with leasing additional  space
for the Company's operations.
 
    The  Company believes that the net  proceeds of the Offering and anticipated
cash flow  from operations  will be  sufficient to  fund the  Company's  working
capital and capital expenditure requirements at budgeted levels through 1997.
 
RECENT PRONOUNCEMENT
 
    SFAS   No.  123,  "Accounting   for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  establishes
financial  accounting   and  reporting   standards  for   stock-based   employee
compensation plans, including stock options. SFAS No. 123 defines and encourages
the  use  of  the  fair  value method  of  accounting  for  employee stock-based
compensation. Continuing use of the  intrinsic value based method of  accounting
prescribed  in  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25  ("APB  25") for
measurement of  employee  stock-based compensation  is  allowed with  pro  forma
disclosures  of net income and net income per  share as if the fair value method
of accounting  had been  applied. SFAS  No. 123  is effective  for  transactions
entered  into for years after December 15, 1995. The Company has determined that
it will  continue to  use the  method of  accounting prescribed  in APB  25  for
measurement  of employee stock-based compensation,  and will begin providing the
required pro forma disclosures  in its financial statements  for the year  ended
December 31, 1996 as allowed by SFAS No. 123. In the opinion of management, SFAS
No.  123 is not  expected to have  a material impact  on the Company's financial
statements.
 
QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following table presents unaudited quarterly operating results for  each
of  the  Company's quarters  since January  1, 1996.  This information  has been
prepared by  the Company  on a  basis consistent  with the  Company's  financial
statements  and includes  all adjustments,  consisting only  of normal recurring
accruals in
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Such quarterly results
are not necessarily  indicative of  future operating  results. This  information
should  be read in conjunction with the  Financial Statements of the Company and
Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                        MARCH 31,                 JUNE 30,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996      % OF SALES      1996      % OF SALES       1996
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales................................................   $     185          100%   $   1,129          100%    $   1,723
Gross profit.........................................          60           32%         732           65%        1,093
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...........................         464          251%         522           46%          667
  Selling, general and administrative................         421          227%         591           52%          933
                                                       -----------         ---   -----------         ---        ------
Total operating expenses.............................         885          478%       1,113           98%        1,600
Operating income (loss)..............................        (825)                     (381)                      (507)
Interest income (expense)............................        (309)                      (88)                       (17)
Other income (expense)...............................           2                         3                       (198)
                                                       -----------               -----------                    ------
Net income (loss)....................................   $  (1,132)                $    (466)                 $    (722)
                                                       -----------               -----------                    ------
                                                       -----------               -----------                    ------
Net income (loss) per share..........................   $   (0.05)                $   (0.02)                 $   (0.03)
                                                       -----------               -----------                    ------
                                                       -----------               -----------                    ------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                       % OF SALES
                                                       -----------
<S>                                                    <C>
Sales................................................         100%
Gross profit.........................................          63%
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...........................          39%
  Selling, general and administrative................          54%
                                                              ---
Total operating expenses.............................          93%
Operating income (loss)..............................
Interest income (expense)............................
Other income (expense)...............................
Net income (loss)....................................
Net income (loss) per share..........................
</TABLE>
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    Digital Lightwave develops, manufactures and sells advanced computer systems
that  provide  information  concerning  the  performance  of  telecommunications
networks  and  transmission  equipment. The  Company  believes that  there  is a
growing need  on the  part of  its customers,  which include  telecommunications
service   providers  and   network  equipment  manufacturers,   to  obtain  such
information in order to  verify and manage the  transmission of voice, data  and
video  and  to  plan  and  implement  network  expansion  more  effectively. The
Company's product, the ASA 312, is a portable software-based network information
computer that is designed to outperform conventional hardware-based network test
instruments. The ASA 312  is "user friendly,"  lightweight, compact, and  easily
operated  through a touch sensor over a full color display. The Company believes
that the ASA 312 is the only integrated product that enables users to understand
and  process  information,   simultaneously  and   without  interruption,   from
telecommunications  networks  utilizing: (i)  the  legacy T-Carrier  protocol at
rates DS-1 and DS-3; (ii)  the fiber optic SONET  protocol at rates OC-1,  OC-3,
OC-3c  and OC-12; and (iii)  the ATM protocol. The  Company plans to utilize the
core technologies employed in the ASA 312 to develop a family of on-line  remote
access network information products.
 
    The Company began shipping the ASA 312 in February 1996. The customers which
have  purchased the ASA 312 include: (i) IXCs,  such as MCI; (ii) RBOCs, such as
PacTel; (iii) CAPs, such  as U.S. South;  (iv) independent telephone  companies,
such  as  GTE;  (v)  network  equipment  manufacturers,  such  as  Tellabs; (vi)
equipment leasing companies, such as AT&T Capital; and (vii) the U.S. Department
of Defense.
 
INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT
 
    Over the  past several  years, LANs  and WANs  have evolved  to satisfy  the
computing  demands of an increasing base of users for a variety of applications,
from e-mail  to video  conferencing. LANs  and WANs  have expanded  in terms  of
traffic  volume,  number of  workstations and  diversity of  locations, becoming
increasingly important conduits through which business is conducted. During  the
same  time, there has  been a rapid increase  in the number of  Web sites on and
utilization of  the  Internet  as  well as  the  continued  growth  of  wireless
networks.  Traffic volume  generated by  LANs, WANs,  wireless networks  and the
Internet  has  placed  substantial  demands  on  the  public  telecommunications
network.  In order to  satisfy the substantially  increased demand for capacity,
bandwidth and enhanced data services, telecommunications service providers  have
added newer, higher capacity fiber optic cable to their existing infrastructure.
 
    Domestic   service  providers  have  added  high  speed  fiber  optic  SONET
transmission equipment to  the installed base  of legacy T-Carrier  transmission
equipment, while international service providers have installed SDH transmission
equipment  with  high-speed transmission  capabilities  similar to  SONET. These
optical transmission protocols (referred  to as SONET in  North America and  SDH
elsewhere)  provide  a  powerful  transport technology  which  can  carry legacy
T-Carrier signals at the more rapid SONET transmission rates as well as enhanced
data services  utilizing  the  ATM  protocol. SONET/SDH  is  designed  to  allow
individual  synchronous  packages  to  be added  to  or  dropped  from broadband
transmissions without the  need to multiplex  or demultiplex the  transmissions,
thereby  reducing infrastructure  costs and  increasing efficiency.  The Company
anticipates that  as  a  result  of  growing  customer  demand  for  high  speed
end-to-end  performance to support enhanced data  services, SONET, ATM and other
advanced transport technologies will ultimately replace T-Carrier systems  given
the  more efficient transport  and reduced cost  of transmission associated with
such technologies.  With the  transition to  SONET transmission  equipment,  the
number  of  telecommunications  equipment manufacturers  has  increased  and new
entrants have gained significant  market share. In  addition, IXCs, RBOCs,  CAPs
and  independent telephone companies have begun to compete actively in local and
long-distance  markets   as   a  result   of   deregulation  of   the   domestic
telecommunications industry.
 
    In light of these developments, the Company believes that:
 
    -Telecommunications  service providers face  competitive pressure to install
     high  performance  network  transmission  and  cross-connect  equipment  to
     provide greater bandwidth and quality of service to their customers.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    -Telecommunications  service providers may seek  to monitor on a continuous,
     "real-time" basis the transmissions passing through their network  elements
     in  order to offer the consistent and reliable quality of service necessary
     to charge premium rates. In addition, large end-users of telecommunications
     services may also require network  information products to monitor  service
     received  from the public telecommunications  network and to manage private
     WANs.
 
    -Equipment manufacturers will  be subjected  to more  exacting standards  in
     designing, engineering and manufacturing their products.
 
THE DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE SOLUTION
 
    The Company's objective is to develop a series of products which: (i) assist
telecommunications  service providers  with the  installation and  management of
network transmission and cross-connect equipment; (ii) enable telecommunications
service providers to monitor  network elements continuously  in order to  assure
consistent   and  reliable  quality  of  service;  and  (iii)  assist  equipment
manufacturers in designing, engineering and manufacturing their products.
 
    In February  1996,  the  Company  began shipping  the  ASA  312,  a  network
information  computer that  identifies, processes and  reports in  real time the
status of  any single  bit or  any specified  group of  bits within  high  speed
digital  transmissions. The ASA 312 enables  users to multiplex and demultiplex,
process and report information simultaneously regarding T-Carrier, SONET and ATM
transmissions. The  Company plans  to develop  and offer:  (i) the  ASA 312E,  a
modified  version of the ASA 312 to serve international markets; (ii) the NIC, a
notebook size  fully programmable  network information  computer; (iii)  on-line
remote access products which can be permanently installed at network elements to
gather and report network information on a continuous, "real time" basis; (iv) a
series of on-line remote access products to serve international markets; and (v)
a  family  of  products to  provide  information regarding  the  service quality
delivered to LANs and WANs from the public network. See "-- Product Development"
for a description of the stage of  development of each of the Company's  planned
products.
 
    The  following table sets  forth the customers which  the Company intends to
target with the ASA 312 and the other products which it plans to develop.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE GLOBAL NETWORK INFORMATION SOLUTIONS
 
PRODUCT FAMILY                                        TARGET CUSTOMERS
<S>                             <C>
Network Information Computers
  ASA 312                       Installers and technicians for North American
                                telecommunications service providers; equipment
                                manufacturers
  ASA 312E*                     Installers and technicians for international
                                telecommunications service providers; equipment
                                manufacturers
  NIC*                          Domestic and international network engineers, architects,
                                network planners and managers of telecommunications service
                                providers
On-line Remote Access           Strategic planners for telecommunications service providers
Products*
LAN/WAN Edge Products*          LAN/WAN technical managers
</TABLE>
 
*   In development. See "-- Product Development."
 
    The Company  believes that  the  ASA 312  and  the Company's  other  planned
products will assist users in determining on a continuous, "real-time" basis the
quality  of service, character of content, source and destination of traffic and
level of congestion, as well as complete directional and status information, for
telecommunications transmissions. Utilizing this information, telecommunications
service providers will be better able  to: (i) verify that each network  element
is  functional, has been installed properly,  is communicating properly with all
other network elements and has the capacity to handle peak loads; (ii)  provide,
without  service  interruption,  control  and  maintenance  of  transmission and
cross-connect equipment;  (iii) plan  for the  growth and  development of  their
networks; and (iv) store and manage network information.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
COMPANY STRATEGY
 
    The  Company has developed  a growth strategy which  is designed to increase
its market share and expand distribution  across a wide range of customers.  The
key elements of the Company's strategy for growth include:
 
    INCREASE DOMESTIC SALES.  The Company will seek to increase sales of the ASA
312  by recruiting additional internal sales  staff to broaden its customer base
and obtain repeat orders from existing customers. In addition, the Company plans
to enter  the  existing domestic  market  for on-line  T-Carrier  remote  access
products  and obtain an early market position as a supplier of on-line SONET and
ATM remote access products. Futher, the Company intends to supplement its direct
sales network and  develop strategic OEM  partnering relationships with  network
equipment  manufacturers. Further, the  Company plans to  obtain an early market
position as a supplier of on-line SONET and ATM remote access products.
 
    PENETRATE INTERNATIONAL  MARKET.    The Company  believes  that  significant
demand exists outside the United States for products such as the ASA 312 and the
Company's  planned  on-line remote  access products  and  intends to  design and
develop versions of these products for international markets. The Company  plans
to  augment its technical  staff with approximately  eight engineers to complete
international  versions  of  the  ASA  312  and  to  develop  new  products  for
simultaneous release globally thereafter.
 
    ESTABLISH  TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP.   The  Company believes  that the  ASA 312
offers superior performance over competing  products and intends to continue  to
devote  significant  resources  to  research and  development  in  an  effort to
establish its existing and  planned products as  leaders in network  information
technology. The Company also intends to broaden its product line by licensing or
acquiring  selected technologies that are outside  the scope of its research and
development activities.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    The following core technologies are used in the ASA 312 and provide a  basis
for  certain of the Company's products  in development: (i) a software operating
environment which runs over a MS-DOS  platform; (ii) programs which operate  the
Company's firmware and hardware; (iii) graphical user interface programs running
in a windowed environment; (iv) Network Protocol Translators ("NPTs"), which are
modular  gate arrays  that supply discrete  network information  from signals at
specific  bandwidths  and  on  specific  protocols;  and  (v)  Network  Protocol
Processors  ("NPPs"), which are modular hardware platforms for the processing of
various ranges of bandwidth and protocols.
 
    The Company's software is written in object oriented code and provides users
of the ASA 312 with  access to an intuitive  graphical user interface. The  open
architecture   of  the  Company's  software   establishes  a  platform  for  the
development of additional features and applications.
 
    NPTs supply information  as to each  bit or specified  groups of bits  being
transmitted in order to identify and process information concerning the overhead
and  payload  carried  by  network  transmissions.  NPTs  are  combined  with  a
microprocessor, discrete integrated  circuits and other  firmware in NPPs.  NPPs
interface,  frame and process network information from a number of protocols and
transmission  speeds.  NPPs  also  can  insert  user-programmable  payloads  and
user-specified overhead into a transmission.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    The  graphic presented below  illustrates the hardware  architecture of NPPs
and their combination with other core hardware and firmware technology  utilized
in  the ASA  312 and  the planned  series of  the Company's  network information
computers.
 
                                            The NPPs  consist  of  hardware  and
                                          firmware  which    isolate and process
                                          information regarding
                                          telecom  munications traffic.
 
               [GRAPHIC]
 
                                            The non-blocking switch matrix is  a
                                          high  speed gate    array managed by a
                                          microprocessor with  dedicated     RAM
                                          which   allows  users  to  switch  and
                                          direct signals   among different NPPs.
 
                                            The   system    microprocessor    is
                                          provided  by a single   board computer
                                          host running proprietary software.
    In order  to  allow its  customers  to work  simultaneously  with  different
bandwidths and protocols, the Company has developed a non-blocking switch matrix
and applications software which allow the Company's customers to "frame up" on a
given signal and multiplex or demultiplex the signal into different transmission
speeds  and  protocols. These  functions allow  customers to  derive information
concerning the functioning of  the network under  various existing or  potential
conditions.
 
    The  following reproduction of  the graphical user  interface used to access
the switch matrix depicts the manner in which customers can simultaneously break
down high  speed signals  into their  components, route  traffic, combine  lower
speed  signals into  higher speed signals,  change signals from  one protocol to
another and generate signals so that  the functioning of network elements  under
different conditions can be simulated and assessed.
 
                                   [GRAPHIC]
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company currently manufactures and sells the ASA 312, a "user friendly,"
portable  computer  which is  designed  to enable  users  to access  and process
information  concerning  the  performance  of  telecommunications  networks  and
transmission  equipment. The  ASA 312 was  designed to  compete against existing
network test instruments by incorporating their functions into a  software-based
information  processing system. The Company believes that the ASA 312 represents
the first  of  a  new  class  of  products  which  the  Company  calls  "network
information  computers."  With  the  ASA  312,  telephone  companies  and  other
operators of  large telecommunications  networks, as  well as  manufacturers  of
network  transmission and  cross-connect equipment, are  able to  (i) verify and
manage information concerning the transmission of voice, data and video  traffic
and   (ii)  plan   for  and   implement  network   expansion  more  effectively.
Telecommunications equipment manufacturers  also use the  ASA 312 in  designing,
engineering  and manufacturing  their products as  well as  in providing ongoing
customer support.  The  ASA 312  has  a suggested  list  price of  $37,500  when
equipped   with  T-Carrier  and   SONET  capabilities,  and   $47,500  when  ATM
capabilities are also included, which  prices are at or  below the price of  the
test instruments with which the ASA 312 competes.
 
    The  following table sets  forth certain features  of the ASA  312 which the
Company believes provide  superior performance  over the  test instruments  with
which  the ASA 312  is designed to  compete, based upon  the descriptions of the
capabilities of  the  currently available  test  instruments set  forth  in  the
catalogs and manuals for such products:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
               FEATURE                                   CUSTOMER BENEFIT
Software-based                         Provides for custom features and field upgrades.
One simple menu format for all         Easy to learn. Easy to set-up.
protocols
Touch sensor over full color windowed  Easy to use by personnel of all levels of aptitude.
graphics                               Intuitive graphical user interface. Clear display of
                                       data.
Transmitting and receiving of signals  Can review multiple network elements simultaneously.
at all of the protocols                Reduces overall task time.
simultaneously
Multiplexing/Demultiplexing            Can review simultaneously the interaction between
                                       multiple network elements. Allows formulation of new
                                       diagnostic procedures.
Switch matrix                          Facilitates configuration of the product for dropping
                                       and inserting traffic from, into and between
                                       different protocols.
Remote operation                       Provides complete, direct and identical operation of
                                       the product at a remote site.
Ethernet interface                     Provides operation of the product via LAN.
Laptop profile/lightweight             Truly portable.
PCMCIA card for expanded memory        Can display long-term history graphs. Provides
                                       recallable setups. Can store significant amounts of
                                       data.
Non-volatile memory                    Saves data when turned off.
Software calibration                   Allows calibration by the customer which reduces cost
                                       and down-time.
</TABLE>
 
    The ASA 312 competes against the test instruments currently available on the
market,  which are hardware based, work  with one transmission speed or protocol
at a time, cannot simultaneously  switch and multiplex or demultiplex  different
signals  to  derive  information  concerning embedded  signals,  cannot  store a
significant amount of  data and which  the Company believes  are generally  more
difficult to use than the ASA 312.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    The  ASA 312 processes, interleaves and  transports T-Carrier, SONET and ATM
protocols. The ASA  312 generates, transmits,  receives and processes  T-Carrier
electronic  signals and SONET and ATM fiber optic signals and provides access to
T-Carrier signals and overhead  and SONET and ATM  status and control  overhead.
The  Company  believes that  the ASA  312  is the  only integrated  product that
enables users to understand and process information, simultaneously and  without
interruption,  from networks utilizing  the legacy T-Carrier  protocols at rates
DS-1 and DS-3 and the fiber optic SONET protocol at rates OC-1, OC-3, OC-3c  and
OC-12,  as well as  from networks transporting  enhanced data services utilizing
the ATM protocol  integrated into a  single lightweight, compact  unit. The  ASA
312's  graphical user  interface is  a touch sensor  over a  large color display
which provides simple and intuitive windowed graphics and menus. The ASA 312 may
be accessed remotely by modem or through direct connection to an Ethernet LAN so
that an operator can  control, from any workstation,  the functions of a  remote
ASA 312.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The  Company has sold a total  of 102 units of the  ASA 312 to 20 customers,
including each of the following:
 
IXCS
MCI Telecommunications Corp.
Sprint Corp.
 
RBOCS
Ameritech Corporation
Pacific Telesis Group
SBC Communications Inc.
 
INDEPENDENT TELEPHONE COMPANIES
GTE Corp.
Sprint Centel
 
EQUIPMENT LEASING COMPANIES
AT&T Capital Corp.
GE Capital TMS
McGrath Rentelco
CAPS
 
Five Star Telecom Inc.
MRC Telecommunications Inc.
Toledo Area Telecommunications Services, Inc. U.S. South Communications, Inc.
 
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS
 
Alcatel Network Systems, Inc.
Hekimian Laboratories, Inc.
Hitachi Telecom Technologies Co., Ltd.
NEC America, Inc.
Tellabs Operations, Inc.
 
GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
 
U.S. Department of Defense
 
    In most instances,  customers designate  the ASA 312  as standard  operating
equipment prior to purchase. In addition, as to most of the above customers, the
ASA  312  has been  designated  as standard  operating  equipment by  AT&T Corp.
("AT&T") and  US  WEST Communications,  Inc.  ("US  West"). On  August  1,  1996
Ameritech   Corporation  completed  a  "request  for  qualifications"  procedure
evaluating the ASA 312 and the  competitive products, designated the ASA 312  as
its standard operating equipment for evaluating SONET systems and entered into a
three-year  agreement (the  "Ameritech Agreement") for  the purchase  of the ASA
312. While neither  Ameritech, AT&T  or US West  are obligated  to purchase  ASA
312s,  such approvals  enable employees of  these companies to  purchase the ASA
312, subject to budgetary and other constraints.
 
    The Company  has  pursued  a  policy  of  involving  key  customers  in  the
evaluation  of products in development and continually solicits suggestions from
customers regarding  additional  desirable features  of  products which  it  has
introduced  or plans  to develop.  Because the  Company's products  are software
based, the Company has  generally been able to  satisfy requests for  additional
feature sets through field software upgrades made by the Company.
 
    During  the nine months ended  September 30, 1996, sales  to MCI, PacTel and
Tellabs accounted for 31%, 18% and  13% of total sales, respectively. There  can
be  no assurance  regarding the  amount or timing  of purchases  by MCI, PacTel,
Tellabs or any other customer in any future period. Broad acceptance of the  ASA
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
312  and future  products is  critical to  the Company's  future success  and is
subject to  substantial uncertainties.  See "Risk  Factors --  Uncertain  Market
Acceptance of the Company's Existing Product and Planned Products, Dependence on
Single Product" and "--Customer Concentration."
 
SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT
 
    SALES.    The  Company markets  the  ASA 312  to  telecommunications service
providers and network  equipment manufacturers through  an internal sales  force
(currently  consisting  of 12  employees).  The Company's  internal  sales force
includes managers  based at  the  Company's principal  executive offices  and  a
regional  sales staff. In addition, the Company has retained a limited number of
independent non-exclusive representative firms which have experience in the sale
of telecommunications equipment.
 
    The primary roles of  the Company's internal sales  force are (i) to  ensure
that  existing and  potential customers  in each  territory are  being regularly
contacted, (ii) to differentiate the features and capabilities of the  Company's
products  from  competitive  offerings,  (iii)  to  assist  customers  with  the
implementation of the Company's products and (iv)  to serve as a direct link  to
assure  quality and timely  customer support. In  addition, the Company believes
that its investment  in its internal  sales staff helps  the Company to  monitor
changing   customer  requirements,  as  well  as  the  development  of  industry
standards. The  Company  intends  to  continue to  augment  its  internal  sales
organization to promote the Company's products and to ensure direct contact with
the Company's current and potential customers.
 
    MARKETING.   In marketing the ASA 312.  the Company focuses on the divisions
of telecommunications service  providers that are  responsible for planning  and
installing  extensions of the network. In contrast, the Company has directed its
preliminary marketing  efforts relating  to its  planned on-line  remote  access
products  towards the strategic planning divisions of telecommunications service
providers. The  Company seeks  to  build awareness  of  its products  through  a
variety  of marketing  channels and  methodologies. The  Company participates in
industry trade  shows and  conferences  and makes  direct mailings  to  targeted
potential  customers. The  Company has  also established  a direct telemarketing
staff to identify opportunities for the Company's internal sales staff.
 
    CUSTOMER SUPPORT.    The Company  is  dedicated to  providing  comprehensive
customer  support. All service, repair and technical  support of the ASA 312 are
performed in-house  utilizing sub-assemblies  and components  obtained from  the
Company's  regular sources of supply.  The Company's technical support engineers
are trained in the hardware and software incorporated in the ASA 312, as well as
the networks and transmission equipment  operated by its customers. The  Company
offers  technical support to its customers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, via an
800 hotline and through  paging systems for all  support personnel. The  Company
offers  a three-year limited  warranty on all components  of its products, other
than the laser  transmitter unit,  which has  a one-year  limited warranty,  and
software and firmware, which have a 90-day limited warranty.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The  Company  believes that  its future  success depends  on its  ability to
achieve technological leadership which will require ongoing enhancements of  the
ASA  312 and the development  of new applications and  products that meet a wide
range of customer needs.  Accordingly, the Company intends  to continue to  make
substantial   investments   in  the   development   of  new   technologies,  the
commercialization  of   new  products   building  on   the  Company's   existing
technological   base  and   the  enhancement   and  development   of  additional
applications for the  ASA 312.  The Company plans  to establish  and maintain  a
budget  for research and development expense at  a minimum of 9% of sales during
each fiscal year.
 
    The Company has organized  its product development  efforts into three  main
groups  as follows:  (i) the  microelectronics group  is devoted  to the further
development of hardware and firmware technologies; (ii) the software development
group is devoted to developing new applications software for emerging  signaling
speeds  and protocols and  providing greater processing  power for the Company's
hardware platforms;  and (iii)  the  hardware development  group is  devoted  to
reducing  further  the  size and  weight  of the  Company's  products, designing
printed circuit  boards  for new  applications  and developing  enhancements  to
streamline production. The Company intends to increase the size of its technical
staff  by adding  microelectronic and  software engineers,  including those with
particular understanding of international transmission protocols and standards.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    Described below are various planned products of the Company currently in the
preliminary  stages  of  development. With  respect  to each  of  these, product
definitions, including proposed features  and functions, have been  established,
components have been specified and pricing has preliminarily been established to
seek  responses from potential customers. However, prototypes for these products
have not yet been assembled.
 
    MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE ASA 312.   The Company currently plans to  develop:
(i)  a factory installed OC-48 option for the  ASA 312; and (ii) the ASA 312E, a
modified version of the ASA 312 to serve international markets.
 
    NIC.   The Company  plans  to develop  the  "NIC," a  notebook-size  network
information computer which is planned to contain various customer selected NPPs.
Different series of NICs will include various NPP cards that will interface with
transmission  speeds ranging from 64 Kbps to 2.4 Gbps for T-Carrier, PDH, SONET,
SDH and ATM protocols. The  Company plans to design the  NIC to enable users  to
access  not only the network information provided by the NPPs, but also to write
programs using this data. For example, the Company intends to design the NIC  to
be  able to  extract data  from a  particular network  element, to  search for a
particular condition (such as a certain level of data congestion at the  network
element)  and to intervene actively to alter the way in which traffic is routed.
The NIC will be designed to provide the means to transfer data derived from  the
NPPs  to a conventional computing environment of word processing and spreadsheet
programs for storage, processing and reporting.
 
    ON-LINE REMOTE ACCESS PRODUCTS.  The Company intends to use the hardware and
firmware technology  utilized in  the ASA  312 to  develop a  family of  on-line
remote  access  products for  sale to  telecommunications service  providers and
equipment manufacturers. Specifically, the Company plans to design NPPs as rack-
mountable cards  for permanent  installation at  any network  element to  assist
telecommunications  service providers in monitoring a wide range of transmission
speeds and T-Carrier, SONET, SDH and  ATM protocols from a remote location.  The
remote  operator will be able to access the NPPs via the operator's Ethernet LAN
or through the  Internet. These  products will feature  an intuitive,  graphical
user interface software and will be designed to allow customers to use their own
computers  (or the NIC for fully  programmable monitoring) while still accessing
the graphical interface found on the ASA 312.
 
    The Company also  plans to  design the  on-line remote  access products  for
integration  into  network transmission  and cross-connect  equipment on  an OEM
basis  prior  to  installation  or   as  a  system  enhancement  subsequent   to
installation  of a  network element. These  products will be  designed to report
information concerning the transmissions at a specific network element in  "real
time"  and  break  out  low speed  signals  so  that  telecommunications service
providers can evaluate embedded protocols within a high speed optical signal.
 
    NPP 155H.   The Company plans  to develop  the "NPP 155H",  a hand-held  ATM
network  analyzer,  which  is  intended  to  be  used  in  the  installation and
maintenance of ATM  switches and  routers. This  product will  be designed  with
intended capabilities at both the physical layer and the ATM cell layer. It will
be configured with a DS-3, OC-3 or 155 Mbps UTP interface.
 
    NIU  130.    The Company  plans  to develop  the  "NIU 130",  a  T-3 network
interface unit, which is intended to provide the terminal interface between  the
network  provider  and customer  premises equipment.  The NIU  130 also  will be
designed to provide positive indication of customer service turn up, as well  as
testing  and problem arbitration  of network service  and customer equipment. In
addition, the NIU 130 will be designed to monitor the network signal performance
on site and to respond to standard far-end alarm and control (FEAC) codewords.
 
PRODUCTION
 
    The  Company's  manufacturing  operations  consist  primarily  of   material
planning  and procurement, final assembly, software loading, testing and quality
assurance.  The  Company's  operational   strategy  relies  on  outsourcing   of
manufacturing to reduce fixed costs and to provide flexibility in meeting market
demand. The Company currently subcontracts component procurement and kitting and
printed circuit board assembly to
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
a  company that  specializes in  these services.  The Company  takes the printed
circuit board-based modules  produced by its  contract manufacturer and  inserts
them into product enclosures in combination with the Company's software.
 
    In  connection  with its  outsourcing strategy,  the  Company is  seeking to
secure additional sources of  supply, including additional contract  subassembly
and component manufacturers. The Company has experienced in the past, and may in
the  future experience, problems with its  contract manufacturers, in areas such
as quality, quantity and on-time delivery.  In addition, the Company may in  the
future experience pricing pressure from its contract manufacturers.
 
    The  Company uses a rolling six-month  forecast based on anticipated product
orders to determine its general materials and component requirements. Lead times
for materials  and components  ordered by  the Company  vary significantly,  and
depend on factors such as the specific supplier, purchase terms and demand for a
component  at a given time. Currently, the Company acquires materials and orders
certain standard subassemblies based on the Company's forecast. Upon receipt  of
firm  orders from customers, the  Company assembles fully-configured systems and
subjects them to  a number  of tests  before shipment.  If orders  do not  match
forecasts,  the  Company  may have  excess  or inadequate  inventory  of certain
materials and components.
 
    Although the Company generally  uses standard parts  and components for  the
ASA  312, several  key components  used in  the manufacture  of the  ASA 312 are
currently purchased  only  from  single  or limited  sources.  At  present,  the
Company's   only  single-sourced  component  is  a  SONET  overhead  terminator.
Limited-sourced components used in the ASA 312 include a single board  computer,
a  power supply, a touch sensor and  controller, plastic housing units and other
discrete components. The  Company generally does  not have long-term  agreements
with  any of these single or limited  sources of supply. Any interruption in the
supply of any of these  components, or the inability  of the Company to  procure
these  components  from  alternate sources  at  acceptable prices  and  within a
reasonable time,  could  have  a  material adverse  effect  upon  the  Company's
business,  financial condition and results  of operations. Qualifying additional
suppliers is  time consuming  and  expensive and  the  likelihood of  errors  is
greater  with  new  suppliers.  See "Risk  Factors  --  Substantial  Increase in
Manufacturing Operations;  Dependence Upon  Contract Manufacturing  and  Limited
Source Suppliers."
 
BACKLOG
 
    The  Company's  backlog at  September 30,  1996 was  approximately $306,000.
Variations in the size and delivery schedules of purchase orders received by the
Company, as well as changes in  customers' delivery requirements, may result  in
substantial  fluctuations  in backlog  from period  to period.  Accordingly, the
Company believes that its backlog cannot be considered a meaningful indicator of
future financial results.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market in which the ASA 312  is sold and certain of its planned  on-line
remote  access products  are intended  to be  sold is  intensely competitive and
subject to rapid  change as  a result  of technological  developments and  other
factors.  The Company  believes that  the principal  competitive factors  in its
market are  technical  resources and  expertise  relating  to a  wide  range  of
bandwidth and protocols, product features, reliability, price, timeliness of new
product  introductions, timely adoption of emerging industry standards, service,
support, size, name recognition and installed base.
 
    The Company believes that there are four current principal competitors which
offer products  which  compete  with the  ASA  312,  including  Hewlett-Packard,
Tektronix,  Dynatec and Wandel  & Goltermann, and less  than ten other companies
which offer on-line remote  access products, which are  currently limited to  T-
Carrier  transmissions and do not provide  the capability to monitor fiber optic
transmissions, the principal of which  are Applied Digital Access and  Hekimian.
The companies that offer test instruments in competition with the ASA 312 do not
offer  on-line remote  access products.  Accordingly, the  Company believes that
there are  currently no  competitors that  provide an  integrated  comprehensive
solution to on-line performance monitoring transmission speeds from DS-1 through
OC-12  and no  providers of  portable equipment  which cover  the full  range of
features  offered  by  the  ASA  312.  However,  such  competitors  and  certain
prospective
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
competitors  have  significantly  longer  operating  histories,  larger customer
bases, greater  name recognition  and  technical, financial,  manufacturing  and
marketing resources than the Company. In addition, a number of these competitors
have  long established relationships with  the Company's customers and potential
customers. The Company  believes it is  likely that competitors  will enter  the
market  for most if  not all of the  products which the  Company will offer. See
"Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company relies on a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark
protection  and  non-disclosure  agreements  to  protect  its  core  technology.
Although  the  Company has  pursued  and intends  to  continue to  pursue patent
protection of certain aspects of its technology that it considers important, the
Company believes that its  success will be largely  dependent on its  reputation
for   technology,  product  innovation,  affordability,  marketing  ability  and
response to customers' needs. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company had
pending two U.S. patent applications covering certain aspects of its technology.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be granted any patents or  that,
if  any  patents are  granted, they  will provide  the Company  with significant
protection or will not be challenged.
 
    The Company believes  that the rapid  rate of technological  change and  the
relatively  long development cycle for  integrated circuits are also significant
factors in the protection of the Company's intellectual property. The  Company's
NPTs incorporate unique system architectures that have been developed based on a
broad  understanding  of public  and private  networks, signaling  protocols and
network information requirements of the Company's customer base. As part of  its
confidentiality  procedures,  the Company  generally enters  into non-disclosure
agreements and  proprietary  information  and  inventions  agreements  with  its
employees   and  suppliers,  and  limits  access  to  and  distribution  of  its
proprietary information. Despite  these precautions,  it may be  possible for  a
third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's technology without
authorization.  Accordingly, there can be no  assurance that the Company will be
successful in protecting its intellectual property or that the Company's  rights
will  preclude competitors from developing  products or technology equivalent or
superior to that of the Company.
 
    The telecommunications industry is characterized by the existence of a large
number of  patents  and  frequent  litigation based  on  allegations  of  patent
infringement.  Although the Company is not  aware of any infringement or claimed
infringement by its products or technology of the proprietary rights of  others,
there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims
against the Company in the future or that any such assertions will not result in
costly  litigation or  require the Company  to obtain a  license to intellectual
property rights  of  such parties.  There  can be  no  assurance that  any  such
licenses  would be  available on  terms acceptable  to the  Company, if  at all.
Furthermore, litigation could  result in  substantial cost to  and diversion  of
efforts  by  the  Company  regardless of  outcome.  Any  infringement  claims or
litigation against  the  Company  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
Company's  business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,
the Company's growth strategy includes a plan to enter international markets and
the laws of  some foreign  countries do  not protect  the Company's  proprietary
rights  regarding its products to  the same extent as do  the laws of the United
States. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on Proprietary Technology."
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company occupies 15,824 square feet  of office and engineering space  in
Clearwater, Florida, with rent payable in the amount of $266,000 per year plus a
portion of operating expenses. This facility is leased through January 31, 1998.
The  Company has  an option to  extend the term  of the lease  for an additional
three-year period.
 
REGULATION
 
    The  Company's   products  must   meet   industry  standards   and   receive
certification for connection to certain public telecommunications networks prior
to  their sale. In  the United States,  the Company's products  must comply with
various regulations  promulgated  by  the  FCC  and  Underwriters  Laboratories.
Internationally,  the Company's products must  comply with standards established
by  telecommunications  authorities  in  various  countries  as  well  as   with
recommendations  of the  Consultative Committee  on International  Telegraph and
Telephony.  In   addition,  certain   products  must   be  certified   by   Bell
Communications
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
Research,  Inc.  in  order to  be  commercially viable.  Although  the Company's
products have  not been  denied any  regulatory approvals  or certifications  to
date,  any future inability  to obtain on  a timely basis  or retain domestic or
foreign regulatory approvals  or certifications  or to comply  with existing  or
evolving  industry  standards  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The telecommunications  industry  is subject  to  regulation in  the  United
States and other countries. Federal and state regulatory agencies, including the
FCC and the various state Public Utility Commissions ("PUCs") and Public Service
Commissions regulate most of the Company's domestic customers. In February 1996,
the  Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the  "Telecom Act") was passed. The Telecom
Act allows IXCs,  RBOCs, CAPs,  independents and electric  utility companies  to
compete  with each other to provide local and long-distance service. The Company
believes that the Telecom Act will increase the demand for systems, software and
services  as  telecommunications  service  providers  respond  to  the  changing
competitive environment by constructing new or enhancing existing networks.
 
    In  addition,  the FCC  and a  majority of  the states  have enacted  or are
considering  regulations   based  upon   alternative  pricing   methods.   Under
traditional  rate of  return pricing, telecommunications  service providers were
limited to a  stated percentage  of profit on  their investment.  Under the  new
method of pricing, many PUCs have relaxed or eliminated the profit cap in return
for the carrier's promise to reduce or hold service prices at current levels. In
some  states, the  PUCs and the  carriers have  further agreed, in  order to win
relaxation of  profit limits,  that  the carriers  would  invest large  sums  to
upgrade  the  digital  and  optical capabilities  of  the  network.  The Company
believes that the new methods of price regulation could increase the demand  for
its products.
 
    Outside  the United States, telecommunications  networks are primarily owned
by the  government  or  are  strictly  regulated  by  the  government.  Although
potential  growth rates of  some international markets are  higher than those of
the United  States,  access  to such  markets  is  often difficult  due  to  the
established   relationships   between   the   government-owned   or   controlled
telecommunications operating company and  its traditional indigenous  suppliers.
However, there has been a global trend towards privatization and deregulation of
the  state-owned telecommunications  operations. The  Company believes  that the
current trend  of privatization  and deregulation  will continue  and that  such
trend could enhance the Company's international opportunities.
 
LITIGATION
 
    The  Company is not a  party to any material litigation  and is not aware of
any pending or threatened material litigation.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    The Company employs  a full-time staff  of 71, of  which 19 are  engineering
personnel,  12 are production personnel, 12 are  internal sales staff and 28 are
administrative personnel. The Company has agreements with all employees covering
assignment of inventions and patents to the Company and confidentiality, as well
as  a  comprehensive   security  agreement.  The   Company  believes  that   its
relationship with its employees is good.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information concerning the executive
officers and directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                             AGE                     POSITION
- --------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>
Bryan J. Zwan...............................         48  Chairman of the Board,
                                                         Chief Executive Officer, President and
                                                         Director
Seth P. Joseph..............................         41  Senior Executive Vice President and
                                                         Director
Elizabeth W. Weigand........................         39  Executive Vice President-- Operations
Beth A. Morris..............................         42  Chief Financial Officer and
                                                         Vice President--Finance
Bruce A. Bonini.............................         39  Vice President--Sales
Eric A. Mitchell............................         35  Vice President--National Account Sales
Tom V. Williams.............................         43  Vice President--Manufacturing
Kenneth T. Myers............................         42  Vice President--Advanced Products
Denise Licciardi............................         36  Vice President--Administration
Daniel Lorch................................         44  Vice President--Customer Development
Robert Goransson............................         36  Vice President--Qualifications
Doug C. Dohring.............................         38  Director
</TABLE>
 
    DR. ZWAN founded the Company in February 1991 and has served as Chairman  of
the  Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director since the Company's inception
and served as its  President from inception until  March 1996 and since  October
1996.  From  1987 to  1991,  Dr. Zwan  was  Chief Executive  Officer  of Digital
Photonics, Inc. ("DPI"), a  SONET multiplexer manufacturer  which he founded  in
1987.  DPI was purchased in December 1990 by Digital Transmission Systems, Inc.,
a manufacturer of digital cross-connect equipment  and DS1 modems. From 1985  to
1987,  Dr. Zwan was  Vice President at DSC  Communications Corporation, a global
provider of  telecommunication transmission,  cross-connect and  network  access
equipment.  Dr.  Zwan  was  a  member of  the  Research  Facility  Staff  at the
Massachusetts Institute  of Technology  for  two years,  and  holds a  Ph.D.  in
Physics  from Rice University and B.S. degrees in Physics and Chemistry from the
University of Houston.
 
    MR. JOSEPH has been  Senior Executive Vice President  and a Director of  the
Company  since September 1996. For  more than the five  years prior to September
1996, he was a partner in the law firm of Baker & McKenzie, during which time he
concentrated on  corporate  finance,  merger and  acquisition  transactions  and
providing general corporate advice.
 
    MS.  WEIGAND has  been Executive  Vice President--Operations  of the Company
since September  1994.  Prior  to  joining the  Company,  from  August  1992  to
September 1994, Ms. Weigand served as office administrator of a dental practice.
From  March 1991  to August 1992,  Ms. Weigand  was Director of  Sales at Kenfil
Distribution, Inc., a software distributor where she managed a staff of regional
sales managers and account executives  and structured dealer marketing  programs
and volume purchase agreements.
 
    MS.  MORRIS has been Chief Financial  Officer and Vice President--Finance of
the Company since January  1996. Prior to joining  the Company as Controller  in
January  1995, from 1989 through October 1994,  Ms. Morris was the Controller of
Tredegar  Molded  Products  Co.  Technical   Center,  a  division  of   Tredegar
Industries, Inc., dedicated to project management and product development, where
she  performed various  administrative functions  in accounting,  purchasing and
human resources. Ms.  Morris is a  Certified Public Accountant  in the State  of
Florida.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    MR.  BONINI has  been Vice President--Sales  of the  Company since September
1996, having joined the Company in August 1996. From August 1991 to August 1996,
Mr. Bonini was the senior sales executive of the Laser Precision Division of  GN
Nettest, Inc., a global supplier of portable and on-line telecommunications test
and  measurement  equipment, having  held other  positions  with such  firm from
August 1987 to August 1991.
 
    MR. MITCHELL has been Vice President--National Account Sales of the  Company
since September 1996, having served as Vice President--Sales of the Company from
April  1995 to September 1996. From October 1992 to March 1995, Mr. Mitchell was
the National  Sales  Manager  and  then  President  of  Crown  Herald,  Inc.,  a
manufacturer of imprinted corporate products, where he was initially responsible
for  various  sales  and  marketing  activities  and  later  for  all  phases of
operations. Prior to  that, from March  1989 to October  1992, Mr. Mitchell  was
Regional  Manager  of Penn  Corporation, a  manufacturer of  imprinted corporate
products.
 
    MR. WILLIAMS has  been Vice  President--Manufacturing of  the Company  since
April  1995. Prior to  joining the Company,  from March 1994  to April 1995, Mr.
Williams was an independent consultant to Lockheed Martin Corporation, a defense
contractor. From February 1991 to March 1994, Mr. Williams was a Program Manager
at Group Technologies  Corporation, a manufacturer  of computers and  electronic
products.
 
    MR.  MYERS has been  Vice President--Advanced Products  of the Company since
June 1996, having  served as Engineering  and Design Manager  since joining  the
Company in September 1991. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Myers was the Chief
Engineer at DPI from 1987 to 1991.
 
    MS.  LICCIARDI has been Vice  President--Administration of the Company since
September  1996.  Prior  to  joining   the  Company,  Ms.  Licciardi  was   Vice
President--Administration  at Real  World Corporation, a  software supplier from
April 1984 until September 1996.
 
    MR. LORCH has been Vice President--Customer Development of the Company since
June 1996. Prior to joining  the Company, from 1980 to  June 1996, he served  as
Chief Executive Officer and President of Digital Engineering, Inc., a nationwide
field service and computer maintenance company.
 
    MR.  GORANSSON has been Vice  President--Qualifications of the Company since
August 1996,  having  previously served  as  Quality Assurance  Manager  of  the
Company  from March 1996 to August 1996. Prior to joining the Company, he served
as Project  Manager at  Ericsson Network  Systems, a  manufacturer of  telephone
switching systems, from April 1981 until March 1996.
 
    MR. DOHRING was elected as a Director of the Company in June 1996. He serves
as  Chairman of the  Board of The Dohring  Company, Inc., a  firm founded by Mr.
Dohring which provides  market research  and consulting services.  In 1995,  The
Dohring  Company had 75 employees  and ranked 54th on  Advertising Age's list of
the top 100 market research firms in the nation. Mr Dohring served as  President
of the Company from March 1996 to October 1996. From its inception in 1986 until
March 1996, he served as Chief Executive Officer of The Dohring Company, Inc.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The  Board of Directors  currently consists of  three members, Messrs. Zwan,
Joseph and Dohring. The Company's Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors can
fix the authorized number of directors from  time to time between one and  nine.
Upon  consummation of the Offering, the Board  of Directors will consist of five
members (at least two of whom will not be employees of, or otherwise  affiliated
with,  the Company)  and will  be classified  into three  classes. The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") provides that one class of  two
members, Messrs. Zwan and Joseph, will be elected originally for a term expiring
at  the annual meeting of stockholders to be  held in 1997, another class of two
members, including Mr. Dohring, will be  elected originally for a term  expiring
at  the annual meeting of  stockholders to be held in  1998 and another class of
one member will be elected originally for a term expiring at the annual  meeting
of  stockholders to be  held in 1999, with  each class to  hold office until its
successor is elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders,  the
successors  to the class of directors whose term then expires will be elected to
hold office  for a  term expiring  at the  annual meeting  of stockholders  held
subsequently  in three years. The Board  of Directors will establish committees,
including compensation and audit  committees, each of which  will report to  the
Board of Directors.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Executive  officers are  appointed by, and  serve at, the  discretion of the
Board of Directors. There are no family relationships among any of the directors
or executive officers of the Company.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    During 1995, directors did not  receive compensation for serving as  members
of  the Board  of Directors. Directors  of the  Company who are  not officers or
employees of the Company  will receive an annual  fee of $10,000. Directors  are
reimbursed  for travel and other expenses  relating to attendance at meetings of
the Board of Directors or committees.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table shows, for 1995, the cash and other compensation awarded
to, earned by or paid to Dr. Zwan and each other executive officer who earned in
excess of $100,000 for all services in all capacities:
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                            ----------------------      OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS                                                SALARY(1)     BONUS     COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Bryan J. Zwan ............................................................  $  300,000  $   --       $   --
 Chairman of the Board and
 Chief Executive Officer
Al G. Zwan ...............................................................     220,000      --           --
 Former Executive Vice President
Elizabeth W. Weigand .....................................................     140,000      --           --
 Executive Vice President
Kenneth T. Myers .........................................................     100,000      --           --
 Engineering and Design Manager
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Amounts include salary paid during 1995 and deferred salary.
(2) Mr.  Al G.  Zwan resigned  as Executive  Vice President  of the  Company  in
    February 1996.
 
OPTION PLAN
 
    The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") became effective on
March 5, 1996. The purpose of the Option Plan is to attract and retain qualified
personnel,   to  provide  additional  incentives   to  employees,  officers  and
consultants of the Company and to promote the success of the Company's business.
A reserve of 5,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock has been established
for issuance under the Option Plan. The Option Plan is administered by the Board
of Directors who may delegate the administration  of the plan to a committee  of
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors now has, and such committee would
have, complete discretion to determine which eligible individuals are to receive
option  grants, the number of  shares subject to each  such grant, the status of
any granted  option as  either  an incentive  stock  option or  a  non-statutory
option,  the  vesting schedule  to be  in effect  for the  option grant  and the
maximum term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding.
 
    Each option granted under the Option Plan  has a maximum term of ten  years,
subject  to earlier  termination following  the optionee's  cessation of service
with the Company. Options  granted under the Option  Plan may be exercised  only
for  fully  vested shares.  The exercise  price of  incentive stock  options and
non-statutory stock options granted under the Option Plan must be at least  100%
and  85%, respectively,  of the fair  market value  of the stock  subject to the
option on the date of grant (or 110% with respect to holders of more than 10% of
the voting power of the Company's outstanding stock). The Board of Directors or,
when appointed, such committee, has the  authority to determine the fair  market
value  of the stock. The purchase price is payable immediately upon the exercise
of the option. Such payment may be made in cash, in outstanding shares of Common
Stock held by the participant, through a promissory note payable in installments
over a period of years or any combination of the foregoing.
 
    The Board of  Directors may amend  or modify  the Option Plan  at any  time,
provided  that no such amendment or modification may adversely affect the rights
and obligations of the participants with respect
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
to their  outstanding  options  or  vested  shares  without  their  consent.  In
addition,  no amendment  of the  Option Plan  may, without  the approval  of the
Company's  stockholders  (i)  modify  the  class  of  individuals  eligible  for
participation, (ii) increase the number of shares available for issuance, except
in  the event of  certain changes to  the Company's capital  structure, or (iii)
extend the term of the Option Plan.  The Option Plan will terminate on March  4,
2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board of Directors.
 
    As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company had outstanding options under
the  Option Plan for an aggregate of 3,286,667 shares of Common Stock. As of the
date of this Prospectus,  Bryan J. Zwan,  Al G. Zwan,  Elizabeth W. Wiegand  and
Kenneth  T. Meyers,  the persons referred  to in the  Summary Compensation Table
above, had been  granted options under  the Option  Plan for 0,  0, 250,000  and
250,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
    On September 30, 1996, the Company entered into an employment agreement with
Mr.  Joseph (the "Employment Agreement").  The Employment Agreement provides for
Mr. Joseph's employment as Senior Executive  Vice President of the Company at  a
base  salary  of $250,000,  with eligibility  to receive  an incentive  bonus as
determined by  the  compensation  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  The
Employment  Agreement  provides  for an  initial  term  of five  years  with one
automatic five-year renewal unless terminated  by either the Board of  Directors
or  Mr. Joseph in writing at least 180 days prior to a renewal at the end of the
initial term. The Employment  Agreement contains confidentiality and  noncompete
provisions  by  Mr.  Joseph  in  favor  of the  Company.  In  the  event  of the
termination of Mr. Joseph, other than for cause, Mr. Joseph will be entitled  to
severance  payments in various fractions or multiples of annual compensation (in
no case exceeding three  times annual compensation)  depending upon whether  the
termination  is made following  death or disability  of Mr. Joseph,  a change in
control of the Company or termination without cause by the Company.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................         F-2
 
Balance Sheets.............................................................................................         F-3
 
Statements of Operations...................................................................................         F-4
 
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)...............................................................         F-5
 
Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................................         F-6
 
Notes to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Board of Directors
Digital Lightwave, Inc.
 
    We  have audited the accompanying balance  sheets of Digital Lightwave, Inc.
(the Company) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and September 30, 1996, and  the
related statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows
for  the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994  and 1995 and  for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996. These  financial statements are the responsibility  of
the  Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all material respects, the financial  position of Digital Lightwave, Inc. as
of December 31, 1994 and  1995, and September 30, 1996,  and the results of  its
operations  and its cash flows  for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and  for the  nine months  ended  September 30,  1996, in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Tampa, Florida
October 21, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1994          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
                               ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $       26    $       72     $   2,456
  Receivables........................................................           --            10         1,391
  Notes receivable...................................................           --            --            44
  Inventories........................................................           97           622           714
  Prepaid expenses and other assets..................................           25            48           383
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
    Total current assets.............................................          148           752         4,988
Property and equipment, net..........................................          172           515         1,048
Other assets.........................................................           12            10            19
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                        $      332    $    1,277     $   6,055
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
 
                                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........................   $      449    $    1,278     $   1,811
  Notes payable......................................................        1,500         7,695           750
  Notes payable -- related party.....................................          102           202            --
  Capital lease obligation, current portion..........................           36           172           164
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
    Total current liabilities........................................        2,087         9,347         2,725
Notes payable........................................................          500            --            --
Capital lease obligation.............................................           73            88            93
Other long-term liabilities..........................................           --             5            --
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
    Total liabilities................................................        2,660         9,440         2,818
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
Commitments (Notes 6, 7, 8, and 10)
 
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares; no
   shares issued or outstanding......................................           --            --            --
  Common stock, $.0001 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares;
   issued and outstanding 39,215,686, 20,000,000, and 22,518,917
   shares, respectively..............................................            4             2             2
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................          523           522        14,242
  Accumulated deficit................................................       (2,855)       (6,987)       (9,307)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                            (2,328)       (6,463)        4,937
  Less: Note receivable from stockholder.............................           --        (1,700)       (1,700)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit).............................       (2,328)       (8,163)        3,237
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)...........   $      332    $    1,277     $   6,055
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        30,
                                           -------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                               1993           1994           1995                          1996
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------      1995       -------------
                                                                                        -------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales....................................  $          --  $          --  $          --  $          --  $       3,037
Cost of goods sold.......................             --             --             --             --          1,152
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Gross profit.........................             --             --             --             --          1,885
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...............            439          1,241          1,509          1,169          1,653
  General and administrative.............            106            179          1,017            569            897
  Sales and marketing....................             --             67            199            156          1,048
  Relocation.............................             --             81             --             --             --
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total operating expenses.............            545          1,568          2,725          1,894          3,598
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating income (loss)..................           (545)        (1,568)        (2,725)        (1,894)        (1,713)
Interest income..........................              2              1              8              3            143
Interest expense.........................            (43)          (115)          (621)          (370)          (557)
Other income (expense), net..............             --             --              4             --           (193)
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Income (loss) before
     income taxes........................           (586)        (1,682)        (3,334)        (2,261)        (2,320)
Provision for income taxes...............             (1)            (1)            --             --             --
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net income (loss)....................  $        (587) $      (1,683) $      (3,334) $      (2,261) $      (2,320)
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
  Net income (loss) per share............  $       (0.01) $       (0.04) $       (0.08) $       (0.05) $       (0.10)
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                           -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Weighted average common and
 common equivalent
 shares outstanding......................     43,345,871     43,345,871     41,744,634     43,345,871     23,594,079
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NOTE
                                                     COMMON STOCK           ADDITIONAL               RECEIVABLE
                                              --------------------------     PAID-IN                    FROM
                                                 SHARES        AMOUNT        CAPITAL      (DEFICIT)  STOCKHOLDER      TOTAL
                                              -------------  -----------  --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1993....................     39,215,686           4             523        (585)         --             (58)
NET LOSS....................................             --          --              --        (587)         --            (587)
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993..................     39,215,686           4             523      (1,172)         --            (645)
NET LOSS....................................             --          --              --      (1,683)         --          (1,683)
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994..................     39,215,686           4             523      (2,855)         --          (2,328)
PURCHASE AND RETIREMENT OF COMMON STOCK,
 NOVEMBER...................................    (19,215,686)         (2)             (1)       (798)         --            (801)
NOTE RECEIVABLE FROM STOCKHOLDER............             --          --              --          --      (1,700)         (1,700)
NET LOSS....................................             --          --              --      (3,334)         --          (3,334)
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995..................     20,000,000           2             522      (6,987)     (1,700)         (8,163)
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK IN EXCHANGE FOR
 DEBT.......................................      1,013,924          --           5,321          --          --           5,321
SALE OF COMMON STOCK........................        221,992          --           2,100          --          --           2,100
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK UPON EXERCISE OF
 STOCK OPTIONS..............................         31,334          --              39          --          --              39
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK UPON EXERCISE OF
 WARRANTS...................................      1,251,667          --           6,260          --          --           6,260
NET LOSS....................................             --          --              --      (2,320)         --          (2,320)
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1996.................     22,518,917   $       2    $     14,242   $  (9,307)  $  (1,700)  $       3,237
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                              -------------         ---   --------------  ---------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                             1993       1994       1995        1995         1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss...............................................  $    (587) $  (1,683) $  (3,334)  $  (2,261)   $  (2,320)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by
   operating activities:
    Interest expense converted to equity.................         --         --         --          --          113
    Depreciation and amortization........................         41         59        102          69          128
    Loss on disposal of property.........................         --         43         --          --           --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      (Increase) decrease in receivables.................         --         --        (10)         (2)      (1,425)
      (Increase) decrease in inventories.................         --        (97)      (526)       (304)         (81)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other
       assets............................................         --        (29)       (21)          7         (345)
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
       liabilities.......................................         91        241        760         986          406
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used by operating activities............       (455)    (1,466)    (3,029)     (1,505)      (3,524)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows for investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment....................        (40)       (93)      (173)       (145)        (516)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used by investing activities............        (40)       (93)      (173)       (145)        (516)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Stockholder borrowings.................................         --         --     (1,700)         --           --
  Proceeds from notes payable............................        300      2,000      5,696       1,683        1,750
  Principal payments on notes payable....................         --       (300)        --          --        2,400
  Proceeds from notes payable, related party.............        146        152        100          --           --
  Principal payments on notes payable, related party.....       (130)      (305)        --          --         (202)
  Principal payments, capital lease obligation...........        (16)       (19)       (47)        (58)        (148)
  Cash paid for common stock.............................         --         --         --          --        2,624
  Purchase and retirement of common stock................         --         --       (801)         --           --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by financing activities........        300      1,528      3,248       1,625        6,424
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.....       (195)       (31)        46         (25)       2,384
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.........        252         57         26          26           72
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...............  $      57  $      26  $      72   $       1    $   2,456
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Supplementary information:
  Cash paid for interest.................................  $      12  $      88  $     154
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
  Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Capital lease obligation...............................  $      92  $      51  $     246   $     246    $      17
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
  Accrued interest converted to equity...................  $      --  $      --  $      --   $      --    $      92
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
  Fixed asset additions included in accounts payable at
   period end............................................  $      --  $      --  $      25   $      --    $      --
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    GENERAL  --  Digital Lightwave,  Inc.  (the "Company")  was  incorporated on
October 12, 1990. The Company commenced business on February 15, 1991 to develop
and manufacture network information systems.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION  -- The  accompanying financial  statements have  been
prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company
has  incurred cumulative  losses of approximately  $9.3 million  and has working
capital  of  approximately   $2.3  million   and  a   stockholders'  equity   of
approximately  $3.2 million  at September  30, 1996.  Funding for  the Company's
losses has been provided by the Company's stockholders.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION  -- The unaudited  financial statements as  of
September  30, 1996, and for  the nine months ended  September 30, 1996 and 1995
(unaudited) include, in the opinion  of management, all adjustments  (consisting
of  normal  recurring adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly  the Company's
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. Operating results for
the nine months ended September 30,  1996 are not necessarily indicative of  the
results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS -- The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORIES  --  Inventories  are stated  at  the lower  of  cost (first-in,
first-out) or  market. The  costs  of certain  inventory  units are  charged  to
expense  if the Company determines that the units will be used for demonstration
purposes.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Revenue is recognized at the date of shipment as  the
Company has no further significant obligations.
 
    PROPERTY  AND EQUIPMENT --  The Company's property  and equipment, including
certain assets  under  capital leases,  are  stated at  cost,  less  accumulated
depreciation  and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided using
the straight-line method over estimated useful  lives of 5-7 years, or over  the
lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of assets under the
capital  lease. Maintenance and repairs are  expensed as incurred while renewals
and betterments are  capitalized. Upon the  sale or retirement  of property  and
equipment,  the accounts  are relieved of  the cost and  the related accumulated
depreciation and amortization, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the
results of operations.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT -- The Company recognizes research and  development
expenses,  including the  development of  software, firmware  and hardware, when
incurred. The Company has not historically capitalized any costs associated with
the development of software, firmware or hardware since it has not undertaken to
document at the time of such development the feasibility of such technology.
 
    INCOME TAXES --  The Company accounts  for income taxes  under Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting for  Income Taxes," which
requires recognition of  deferred tax  liabilities and assets  for the  expected
future  tax  consequences of  events that  have been  included in  the financial
statements or  tax returns.  Under  this method,  deferred tax  liabilities  and
assets  are determined based  on the difference  between the financial statement
and the tax bases of  assets and liabilities using  enacted tax rates in  effect
for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
    COMPUTATION  OF  NET  LOSS PER  SHARE  --  Net loss  per  common  and common
equivalent share for the years  ended December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 and  for
the nine months ended September 30, 1995
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(unaudited) and September 30, 1996 have been computed using the weighted average
number  of common  and common equivalent  shares outstanding  using the treasury
stock method, as adjusted for the  common stock conversion described in Note  10
for all periods presented is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             ----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                 1993          1994          1995                        1996
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------      1995      ------------
                                                                                       ------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Weighted average common stock outstanding      41,240,978    41,240,978    39,639,741    41,240,978    21,489,186
Weighted average common stock equivalents
 outstanding                                    2,104,893     2,104,893     2,104,893     2,104,893     2,104,893
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in net loss per share
 computation                                   43,345,871    43,345,871    41,744,634    43,345,871    23,594,079
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Pursuant  to  the requirements  of the  Securities and  Exchange Commission,
common stock,  stock options,  and warrants  issued by  the Company  during  the
twelve  months immediately preceding the initial  public offering date have been
included in the calculation of the  weighted average shares outstanding for  all
periods presented using the treasury stock method based on the estimated initial
public  offering price.  Accordingly, weighted average  common stock outstanding
includes 1,558,594 shares of  common stock issued during  the nine months  ended
September  30, 1996  shown as  outstanding for  all periods  presented. Weighted
average common  stock equivalents  outstanding includes  3,305,414 common  stock
equivalent  shares for options and warrants  issued during the nine months ended
September 30, 1996.
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF  CREDIT RISK  -- Financial  instruments which  potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
and  cash equivalents. As of December 31,  1994 and 1995 and September 30, 1996,
substantially all of the Company's cash balances, including amounts representing
outstanding  checks,  were  deposited  with  what  management  believes  to   be
high-quality financial institutions.
 
    USE  OF ESTIMATES --  The preparation of  financial statements in conformity
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date  of
the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
    NEW  ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT --  SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" establishes  financial  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for
stock-based  employee compensation plans, including  stock options. SFAS No. 123
defines and  encourages the  use of  the  fair value  method of  accounting  for
employee  stock-based compensation. Continuing use  of the intrinsic value based
method of accounting prescribed  in Accounting Principles  Board Opinion No.  25
("APB  25") for measurement of employee stock-based compensation is allowed with
pro forma disclosures  of net income  and net income  per share as  if the  fair
value  method of  accounting had  been applied.  SFAS No.  123 is  effective for
transactions entered into  for years after  December 15, 1995.  The Company  has
determined  that it will continue to use  the method of accounting prescribed in
APB 25  for measurement  of employee  stock-based compensation,  and will  begin
providing the required pro forma disclosures in its financial statements for the
year  ended December  31, 1996  as allowed by  SFAS No.  123. In  the opinion of
management, SFAS  No. 123  is not  expected to  have a  material impact  on  the
Company's financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    RECLASSIFICATIONS  --  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to 1994
balance  sheet  amounts  in  order  to  conform  with  1995  presentations.  The
reclassifications had no impact on the results of operations for 1994.
 
2.  INVENTORIES:
    Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 1994          1995          1996
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Raw materials..............................................   $       97    $      418    $       343
Work-in-progress...........................................           --           204            346
Finished goods.............................................           --            --             25
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                              $       97    $      622    $       714
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 1994          1995          1996
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Test equipment.............................................   $      211    $      211    $       323
Computer equipment and software............................           27           304            588
Tooling....................................................           --           119            171
Office furniture, fixtures and equipment...................            8            56            269
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                     246           690          1,351
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization............          (74)         (175)          (303)
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                              $      172    $      515    $     1,048
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
Equipment  under capital  lease and  related accumulated  amortization, included
above, consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 1994          1995          1996
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Test equipment.............................................   $      143    $      143    $       143
Computer equipment and software............................           --           246            394
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                     143           389            537
Less: accumulated amortization.............................          (61)         (133)          (194)
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                              $       82    $      256    $       343
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES:
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 1994          1995          1996
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
Accounts payable...........................................   $      195    $      486    $       744
Accrued audit/consulting fees..............................           12            25              4
Deferred compensation......................................           99           548            233
Accrued warranty...........................................           --            --             30
Advance from stockholder...................................           --            --            400
Payable to stockholders....................................           14            14            179
Accrued sales commissions..................................           --            --            142
Accrued interest...........................................           88           154             11
Accrued vacation...........................................           20            31             51
Accrued payroll taxes......................................           16            13              4
Other......................................................            5             7             13
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                              $      449    $    1,278    $     1,811
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                             ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES:
    The provision for  income taxes for  the years ended  December 31, 1993  and
1994 represents minimum California franchise taxes.
 
    The tax effected amounts of temporary differences consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1994          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Current
  Deferred tax assets:
    Deferred compensation............................................   $       37    $      206     $      88
    Other............................................................            7            11            21
    Valuation allowance..............................................          (44)         (213)         (107)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
      Total current deferred tax asset...............................           --             4             2
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
        Net current deferred tax asset...............................           --             4             2
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
Non-current:
  Deferred tax assets:
    Net operating loss carryforward..................................          741         1,854         2,825
    Research and experimentation credit..............................          119           142            18
    Other............................................................           --            --           142
    Valuation allowance..............................................         (856)       (1,953)       (2,930)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
      Total non-current deferred tax asset...........................            4            43            55
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
  Deferred tax liability:
  Property related...................................................           (4)          (47)          (57)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
    Total deferred tax liability.....................................           (4)          (47)          (57)
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
        Net non-current deferred tax asset...........................           --            --            --
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Management  believes that it  is more likely  than not that  the tax benefit
associated with these deferred tax assets will not be realized and therefore  as
of  September 30,  1996, the  Company has  established a  valuation allowance of
approximately $3,037,000. The result is  an increase in the valuation  allowance
from December 31, 1995 of approximately $870,000.
 
    As  of September 30, 1996, the  Company had net operating loss carryforwards
of approximately $8,215,000 for tax purposes. Due to certain change of ownership
requirements of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC"), utilization of
the Company's net operating losses incurred prior to July 1, 1993 is expected to
be limited to approximately $7,500 per year. This limitation in conjunction with
the expiration period for these pre-July 1, 1993 net operating losses results in
the  Company's  total   net  operating   losses  available   being  limited   to
approximately  $7,507,000. Loss carryforwards will  expire during the years 2005
and 2011.
 
    As of  September 30,  1996, the  Company also  had general  business  credit
carryforwards of approximately $142,000, which expire between the years 2008 and
2011.  These  credits are  also subject  to the  Section 382  annual limitation.
Approximately $15,000 of  these credits are  subject to the  Section 382  annual
limitation.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    Following  is  a  reconciliation of  the  applicable federal  income  tax as
computed at the federal statutory tax rate to the actual income taxes  reflected
in the statement of operations (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             1993           1994           1995                            1996
                                         -------------  -------------  ------------   SEPTEMBER 30,   ---------------
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                     ---------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>
Tax at U.S. federal income tax rate....    $    (200)     $    (572)    $   (1,134)     $    (769)       $    (789)
State income tax, net of federal
 benefit...............................          (21)           (61)          (121)           (82)             (84)
IRC Section 382 limitation.............           86             --             --             --               --
Valuation allowance increase...........          164            695          1,266            873              870
Research and experimentation credit....          (29)           (91)           (22)           (22)              --
Other..................................           --             29             11             --                3
                                               -----          -----    ------------         -----            -----
  Provision for income taxes...........           --             --             --             --               --
                                               -----          -----    ------------         -----            -----
                                               -----          -----    ------------         -----            -----
</TABLE>
 
6.  NOTES PAYABLE:
    Notes payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1994          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Note payable, collateralized by 46% of the outstanding shares of
 common stock, and guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995; interest at prime, interest and principal due and
 payable September 6, 1996; total credit facilities $1,500,000.......   $    1,500    $    1,500   $          --
Note payable, collateralized by 46% of the outstanding shares of
 common stock, and guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995; interest at prime, interest and principal due and
 payable September 6, 1996; total credit facilities $1,500,000.......          500           900              --
Notes payable, guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995, interest at 16% and principal due and payable at
 various dates in January, February, and March of 1996 (1)(2)........           --         2,100              --
Note payable, collateralized by 51% of the entire class of common
 stock; interest at 16%, interest payable monthly, principal due and
 payable September 20, 1996; total credit facilities $2,500,000
 (2).................................................................           --         1,900              --
Note payable, guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995; interest at 53% with payments of principal due as
 follows: $200,000 on January 8, 1996, $300,000 on January 31, 1996
 and $200,000 on February 15, 1996 (1)(2)............................           --           700              --
Notes payable, unsecured, interest at 9% and principal due and
 payable upon demand; convertible to equity upon approval by both
 parties (2).........................................................           --           250              --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  NOTES PAYABLE: (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1994          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Note payable, guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995, interest at 50%, interest and principal due and
 payable June 21, 1996 (1)...........................................           --           100              --
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Note payable, guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995, interest at 50%, interest and principal due and
 payable June 22, 1996 (1)...........................................           --           100              --
Note payable, unsecured, interest at 35% and principal due and
 payable on January 10, 1996.........................................           --            75              --
Note payable, guaranteed by the Company's sole stockholder at
 December 31, 1995, interest at 50%, interest and principal due and
 payable July 11, 1996 (1)...........................................           --            70              --
Notes payable, unsecured, subordinated to all secured debt and any
 future lines of credit up to $2 million, interest at 18%, interest
 due and payable August 30, 1996, November 30, 1996, February 29,
 1997, and May 31, 1997; principal due and payable May 31, 1997......           --            --             750
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                             2,000         7,695             750
Less current portion.................................................        1,500         7,695             750
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                        $      500    $       --   $          --
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                       ------------  ------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1)  The notes, excluding $100,000 allowed the holder to exchange the debt prior
    to April 30, 1996  for stock ownership equivalent  to 5,667 shares for  each
    $51,000  of  notes  payable  outstanding  as  of  the  date  of  conversion.
    Approximately $2,631,000  of the  notes, including  principal and  interest,
    were converted into 292,865 shares of Common Stock. See Note 10.
(2)  During  March  and  April  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  subscription
    agreements to exchange the outstanding balance on certain notes on the  date
    of  conversion to common stock at a range between $1.32 and $5.00 per share.
    Approximately $2,868,200  of the  notes, including  principal and  interest,
    were converted into 721,030 shares of Common Stock. See Note 10.
    Notes payable-related party consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                     1994             1995             1996
                                                                ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
Note payable, uncollateralized; interest at 9%, interest
 payable on demand, principal due on demand...................     $     102        $     102               --
Note payable, uncollateralized; interest at 9%, interest
 payable on demand, principal due on demand...................            --              100               --
                                                                                                            --
                                                                       -----            -----
                                                                   $     102        $     202               --
                                                                                                            --
                                                                                                            --
                                                                       -----            -----
                                                                       -----            -----
</TABLE>
 
    The  prime rate  was 8.5%  at December 31,  1994 and  1995 and  was 8.25% at
September 30, 1996.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  LEASES:
    The Company is  obligated under various  noncancelable leases for  equipment
and  office space. Future minimum lease  commitments under operating and capital
leases were as follows as of September 30, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       CAPITAL     OPERATING
YEAR                                                                                   LEASES       LEASES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>          <C>
Three months ended December 31, 1996...............................................   $      58    $      90
Year ended December 31, 1997.......................................................         155          365
Year ended December 31, 1998.......................................................          62           47
Year ended December 31, 1999.......................................................          27            7
                                                                                          -----        -----
                                                                                            302    $     509
                                                                                          -----        -----
                                                                                                       -----
Less: amount representing interest.................................................          45
                                                                                          -----
Present value of minimum lease payments............................................         257
Less: current portion..............................................................         164
                                                                                          -----
                                                                                      $      93
                                                                                          -----
                                                                                          -----
</TABLE>
 
    Total rental expense was approximately $37,000 $66,100 and $147,900 for  the
years  ended  December  31,  1993, 1994  and  1995,  respectively,  and $109,200
(unaudited) and $164,900 for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and  1996,
respectively.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS:
    At  September 30, 1996, the Company  had contractual commitments to purchase
certain inventory items totaling approximately $1,789,500.
 
9.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
    During February 1995, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Option  (the
Option)  with a  former stockholder to  repurchase the 19,215,686  shares of the
then outstanding class  of common  stock held by  the former  stockholder for  a
purchase  price of  $2,500,000. The purchase  price was  subsequently reduced to
$800,522. On November 30, 1995, the Company exercised the option and immediately
retired the shares of treasury stock acquired. The exercise is reflected in  the
accompanying  statement  of stockholder's  equity (deficit)  for the  year ended
December 31, 1995.  In addition,  the $2.0  million included  in notes  payable-
related  party as of December 31, 1994 has been reclassified to notes payable to
reflect the  termination  of  the  stockholder status  in  accordance  with  the
exercise of the option. These notes were satisfied prior to September 30, 1996.
 
    During December 1995, the remaining stockholder borrowed $1,700,000 from the
Company. This note accrues interest at 9% with interest payments being made on a
monthly  basis. The principal  sum and any  accrued interest thereon  is due and
payable in December  1997. The note  is included in  the accompanying  financial
statements  as an increase in stockholders' deficit  as of December 31, 1995. In
addition, the  stockholder loaned  the Company  $100,000 during  December  1995.
These notes, including interest, were satisfied prior to September 30, 1996.
 
10. COMMON STOCK, STOCK OPTIONS, AND WARRANTS:
 
    STOCK  OPTIONS --  During 1995, the  Company entered  into option agreements
with certain parties to purchase an aggregate of up to $701,000 worth of  shares
of common stock at the price to the public per share, in the event of an initial
public  offering of common stock of the  Company, at an aggregate purchase price
equal to  $154,500.  Subsequent  to year-end,  the  Company  terminated  several
agreements  which  reduced  the  aggregate shares  subject  to  such  options to
$470,000, at an  aggregate price  equal to  $39,000 as  of April  30, 1996.  The
options were exercised during July 1996.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. COMMON STOCK, STOCK OPTIONS, AND WARRANTS: (CONTINUED)
    SUBORDINATED  NOTE --  On January  2, 1996, the  Company issued  (i) its 16%
Subordinated Promissory  Note due  January  2, 1999  in the  original  principal
amount  of $1 million,  and (ii) warrants  to purchase 200,000  shares of Common
Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00  per share. The  warrants terminate on  the
earlier to occur of: (i) thirty (30) days following the filing of a registration
statement for an underwritten initial public offering of the Common Stock of the
Company,  (ii) thirty (30) days following an announcement of a change in control
of the Company; or  (iii) January 2,  1999. On August  27, 1996, the  noteholder
surrendered the Subordinated Promissory Note in exercise of the warrants.
 
    CORPORATE MERGER -- Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger)
dated  January 9, 1996, Digital Lightwave, Inc., a California corporation merged
into Digital Lightwave, Inc., a Delaware corporation, effective March 18,  1996.
The  merger  increased the  number  of shares  of  common stock  authorized from
1,000,000, no par value, to 80,000,000, $.0001 par value. In connection with the
merger, the  Company  also authorized  20,000,000  shares of  $.0001  par  value
preferred  stock.  Each  share of  outstanding  common stock  of  the California
corporation was converted into 3,921.5686 shares of common stock of the Delaware
corporation. All  applicable share  and per  share amounts  in the  accompanying
financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect these events.
 
    Effective  July 25, 1996,  the Board of Directors  authorized an increase in
the number  of authorized  shares  of common  stock  from 80,000,000  shares  to
200,000,000 shares.
 
    ISO  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN -- The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the
Option Plan) became effective on March 5, 1996. A reserve of 5,000,000 shares of
the Company's common stock  has been established for  issuance under the  Option
Plan.  As of  September 30,  1996, 1,646,667 options  were granted  at $5.00 and
1,640,000 options  were granted  at $9.00.  The Option  Plan will  terminate  on
February 28, 2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board.
 
    SUBSCRIPTION  AGREEMENTS -- The Company entered into subscription agreements
(the Agreements) with certain  noteholders for the issuance  of an aggregate  of
782,898  shares of common stock for the  surrender of the outstanding balance on
the notes (excluding certain  accrued interest) of  an aggregate of  $4,074,000.
Pursuant  to the Agreements,  the Company issued  warrants to purchase 1,050,000
and 18,747 shares of common  stock at an exercise price  of $5.00 and $9.00  per
share,  respectively. The warrants expire on the earlier of (i) three years from
their respective dates of issuance; (ii)  thirty (30) days following the  filing
of  a registration statement for an  underwritten initial public offering of the
common stock of the Company, or (iii) a change of control of the Company. As  of
September  30, 1996, 1,050,000 and 1,667 shares  of Common Stock had been issued
upon the  exercise  of  warrants at  a  price  of $5.00  and  $9.00  per  share,
respectively.
 
    On  May 29, 1996, the Company entered  into a subscription agreement with an
institutional investor for the  issuance of 66,667 shares  of common stock at  a
price  of $18.00  per share. In  the event  that on or  before May  23, 1997 the
Company completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock, then the price
of the  shares shall  be adjusted  by: (i)  payment by  the stockholder  to  the
Company  in the amount equal to the excess, if any, over $18.00 per share of the
price to the public per share times 75% (the 75% price), or by (ii) a payment by
the Company to stockholder equal to the excess, if any, of $18.00 per share over
the 75% price. The Company has recorded a liability of $400,000 as of  September
30,  1996,  based upon  management's  estimate of  the  expected payment  to the
institutional investor.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                            DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. COMMON STOCK, STOCK OPTIONS, AND WARRANTS: (CONTINUED)
    PRIVATE PLACEMENT --  During the  period March  13, 1996  through April  30,
1996,  the Company  sold 155,326  shares of common  stock, par  value $.0001 per
share, at a price of $9.00 per share.
 
    REVERSE SPLIT --  As of October  30, 1996,  the Company effected  a two  for
three  reverse split of its outstanding Common Stock. All share amounts included
herein have been adjusted  to give historical effect  to such reverse split  for
all periods presented.
 
11.  SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
    For  the  nine months  ended September  30, 1996,  sales to  three customers
accounted for approximately 62% of total sales.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                    GLOSSARY
 
    ADD/DROP  - Adding is including a lower transmission rate signal in a higher
transmission rate signal. For example, an OC-3  signal can be added to an  OC-12
signal   without  altering  the  OC-3  signal.  Dropping  is  removing  a  lower
transmission rate signal from a higher transmission rate signal.
 
    ASYNCHRONOUS - Signals that are not generated from the same timing reference
and are therefore not identical in frequency.
 
    ATM (ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE) - An information transfer standard that  is
one  of a general class of technologies that  relay traffic by way of an address
contained within the first five bytes of a standard 53-byte-long packet or cell.
The ATM format can be used by many different information systems, including  the
public  telecommunications network, WANs and LANs, to deliver traffic at varying
rates,  permitting  the  efficient  delivery  of  enhanced  data  services   and
multimedia, which is a mix of voice, video and data.
 
    BANDWIDTH  -  The range  of frequencies  that can  be transmitted  through a
medium, such as glass fibers, without distortion. The greater the bandwidth, the
greater the information-carrying capacity of such medium.
 
    BIT - A contraction of the term binary digit which represents a single digit
of information expressed as a 0 or 1, high or low, or yes or no.
 
    BROADBAND - A communications  system that can  transmit large quantities  of
voice, data and video. Examples of broadband communication systems include DS-3,
which  can transmit 672 simultaneous voice  conversations and higher speed fiber
optic systems or a broadcast television station signal, which can transmit  high
resolution audio and video signals into the home. Broadband connectivity is also
an essential element for interactive multimedia applications.
 
    CAP  (COMPETITIVE ACCESS PROVIDER)  - A company  that provides its customers
with an alternative  to the RBOC  for local transport  of private line,  special
access and interstate transport of telecommunications service.
 
    CROSS-CONNECT  EQUIPMENT -  Distribution system equipment  used to terminate
and administer communication circuits. In a wire cross connect, jumper wires  or
patch  cords are used to make circuit  connections. In an optical cross connect,
fiber patch cords are used.
 
    DEMULTIPLEX -  The process  of  separating two  or  more signals  that  were
previously multiplexed.
 
    DIGITAL  -  A method  of  storing, processing  and  transmitting information
through the use  of distinct  electronic or  optical pulses  that represent  the
binary  digits 0  and 1. Digital  transmission and  switching technologies (both
fiber and microwave) employ a sequence of these pulses to represent  information
as  opposed  to the  continuously variable  analog  signal. The  precise digital
numbers minimize distortion  (such as graininess  or snow in  the case of  video
transmission,  or static  or other  background distortion  in the  case of audio
transmission)
 
    DS-1, DS-3 -  Standard telecommunications industry  digital signal  formats,
which  are distinguishable by  bit rate (the  number of binary  digits (0 and 1)
transmitted per second).  DS-1 service  has a  bit rate  of 1.544  Mbps and  can
transmit  24 simultaneous voice conversations. DS-3 service has a bit rate of 45
megabits per second and can transmit 672 simultaneous voice conversations.
 
    E-MAIL OR ELECTRONIC MAIL - The transmission of memoranda and messages  over
a  network.  Users can  send e-mail  to a  single recipient  or broadcast  it to
multiple users.
 
    ETHERNET - A protocol commonly used on LANs.
 
    ENHANCED DATA SERVICES -  Products and services  designed for the  transport
and  delivery of integrated information to include voice, data and video and any
combination thereof.
 
    FEAC (FAR END ALARM AND CONTROL) -  A special sequence of bits which  enable
telecommunications  service  providers to  control the  functioning of  a remote
network element.
 
    FCC - Federal Communications Commission.
 
                                      G-1
<PAGE>
    FIBER OPTIC - A transmission medium consisting of a core of glass or plastic
surrounded by a  protective cladding,  strengthening material  and outer  jacket
which guides light pulses introduced into the fiber by a laser.
 
    FIRMWARE  - Software that is contained  permanently in a hardware device and
which can be rewritten.
 
    GATE ARRAY - A circuit that has a number of logical circuits arranged in  an
array, or regular pattern, normally customized to suit a specific application.
 
    GIGABIT  PER SECOND (GBPS) - One billion bits of information per second. The
information carrying capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured  in
"gigabits per second."
 
    GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE - A type of display format that enables the user to
choose  commands, start  programs and  see lists of  files and  other options by
pointing to pictorial representations and lists of menu items on the screen.
 
    INTEGRATED   CIRCUIT   (MICROPROCESSOR)   -   A   series   of   miniaturized
interconnected  electronic circuits  inseparably associated within  a silicon or
geranium substitute.
 
    INTERNET -  The name  used to  refer to  the world's  largest  internetwork,
consisting of thousands of networks joined by the Internet suite of protocols.
 
    IXC  (INTEREXCHANGE CARRIER) - A company providing long distance services or
service within local access and transport  areas on an intrastate or  interstate
basis.
 
    KILOBIT PER SECOND (KBPS) - One thousand bits of information per second. The
information-carrying  capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured in
"kilobits per second."
 
    LAN (LOCAL AREA NETWORK) - A group of computers and other devices  dispersed
over  a  relatively limited  area and  connected by  a communications  link that
enables any device to interact with any other on the network.
 
    LEGACY - Older generations of transmission technologies which continue to be
utilized in telecommunications networks.
 
    MAPPING - A procedure of  loading data into a group  of bits of data  (which
are  marked off with flags to indicate the  beginning and end of the group) such
that specific pieces of data can be located within the group of bits by  network
equipment.
 
    MEGABIT  PER SECOND (MBPS) - One million bits of information per second. The
information-carrying capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured  in
"megabits per second."
 
    MULTIPLEX  - The process  of combining two or  more signals for transmission
over the same circuit or channel at the same time.
 
    NETWORK ELEMENT - A functional entity in a network, such as a multiplexer, a
switch interface or a digital cross-connect.
 
    NETWORK PROTOCOL  PROCESSORS (NPPS)  - Modular  hardware platforms  for  the
processing of various ranges of bandwidths and protocols.
 
    NETWORK  PROTOCOL  TRANSLATORS  (NPTS)  - Modular  gate  arrays  that supply
discrete network information from signals at specific bandwidths and on specific
protocols.
 
    NON-BLOCKING SWITCH MATRIX  - An internal  switch in a  system that has  the
ability  to switch  multiple transmissions to  different circuits simultaneously
without causing congestion internally in the switch.
 
    NON-VOLATILE MEMORY - A type of memory  that does not lose its content  when
power is turned off or lost. It can be used as a virtual hard disk.
 
    OC-1,  OC-3, OC-3C, OC-12, OC-48 - Optical carrier signaling rates, measured
in bits transmitted  per second. The  basic rate  for OC-1 is  51.840 Mbps.  All
higher levels are direct multiples of OC-1 (e.g., OC-12 = 12 times 51.840 Mbps)
 
                                      G-2
<PAGE>
    OEM  (ORIGINAL  EQUIPMENT  MANUFACTURER)  -  The  customer  of  a  component
manufacturer, which  integrates the  components into  the products  sold by  the
customer in the ordinary course of its business.
 
    OVERHEAD - Information carried in network transmissions, other than payload,
including   routing  information,  error-checking   characters  and  status  and
operational information.
 
    PAYLOAD - User transmitted data, including voice, data and/or video content,
which may include network management and accounting information.
 
    PCMCIA (PERSONAL COMPUTER  MEMORY CARD INTERNATIONAL  ASSOCIATION) CARD -  A
credit  card sized card that  plugs directly into a  computer. The card can have
many  different   functions,  such   as  providing   additional  memory,   modem
capabilities, LAN connections, and interfaces.
 
    PDH  (PLESIOCHRONOUS DIGITAL  HIERCHY) -  Two or  more signals  that are not
generated from the same timing reference but are nominally at the same frequency
to a defined degree of precision.
 
    PROTOCOL - A specific  set of rules, procedures  or conventions relating  to
the format and timing of data transmission between two devices.
 
    RAM - Random access memory.
 
    RBOCS  (REGIONAL  BELL  OPERATING  COMPANIES) -  The  seven  local telephone
companies (formerly part of AT&T) established by court decree in 1982.
 
    REMOTE ACCESS PRODUCTS - Products that  can be accessed through an  Ethernet
interface,  a  modem, a  GPIB (General  Purpose Interface  Bus) or  other nework
interfaces to operate them from remote workstations.
 
    SDH  (SYNCHRONOUS   DIGITAL  HIERARCHY)   -  An   electronics  and   network
architecture  utilized on most continents other  than North America for variable
bandwidth  products  which  enables  transmission  of  voice,  video  and   data
(multimedia) at very high speeds.
 
    SOFTWARE  CALIBRATION -  Calibration of  equipment using  software functions
that measure and adjust through software controllable parameters.
 
    SONET (SYNCHRONOUS OPTICAL NETWORK TECHNOLOGY) - An electronics and  network
architecture utilized primarily in North America for variable-bandwidth products
which  enables transmission of voice, video,  and data (multimedia) at very high
speeds.
 
    SWITCH - A  device that opens  or closes  circuits or selects  the paths  or
circuits  to be used for transmission of  information. Switching is a process of
interconnecting circuits to form a transmission path between users.
 
    SWITCH MATRIX - A  series of gate  arrays which provide  for the routing  of
signals from one circuit path to another.
 
    T-CARRIER  OR  T-1  OR  T-3  -  Insulated  copper  wire  cables  which carry
electrically transmitted  digital signals.  A T-1  cable carries  a DS-1  signal
(1.544  Mbps), and a T-3 cable carries a  DS-3 signal (45 Mbps). Also, a generic
name for  any  of  several  digitally  multiplexed  carrier  systems  originally
designed to carry digitalized voice signals.
 
    TEST  INSTRUMENTS - Equipment that measures the  conditions of a signal on a
fiber or metallic cable, which measures level, frequencies and faults in  signal
information.
 
    UTP (UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR) - A type of cable that is common for telephone
and data traffic to the end user.
 
    WAN  (WIDE AREA NETWORK) - A group  of LANs dispersed over a relatively wide
area and interconnected on dedicated telecommunication lines.
 
    WEB OR WORLD WIDE WEB OR WWW  - An Internet network that links documents  by
providing  hypertext links from server to server.  It allows a user to jump from
document to related document no matter where it is stored on the internet. World
Wide Web client programs, or Web browsers, allow users to "browse" the Web.
 
                                      G-3
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  AND,
IF  GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS
HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY  OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES
NOT  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY IN  ANY JURISDICTION  TO  ANY PERSON  TO WHOM  IT  IS
UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH  JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT
TO  THE DATE  HEREOF OR  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN THE  AFFAIRS OF THE
COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE
                                                      ---
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary..............................           3
Risk Factors....................................           7
Use of Proceeds.................................          13
Dividend Policy.................................          13
Capitalization..................................          14
Dilution........................................          15
Selected Financial Data.........................          16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations..          17
Business........................................          21
Management......................................          32
Principal and Selling Stockholders..............          36
Certain Transactions............................          37
Description of Capital Stock....................          38
Shares Eligible For Future Sale.................          41
Underwriting....................................          42
Notice to Canadian Residents....................          43
Legal Matters...................................          44
Experts.........................................          44
Additional Information..........................          44
Index to Financial Statements...................         F-1
Glossary........................................         G-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 --------------
 
    UNTIL         , 1996 (25 DAYS  AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN  THE SHARES, WHETHER  OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN  ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                4,000,000 Shares
 
                                  Common Stock
                               ($.0001 per share)
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following table sets  forth an itemized  statement of certain estimated
expenses incurred  in  connection with  the  issuance and  distribution  of  the
securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee...............  $  19,034
NASD filing fee...................................................  $   6,100
Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................  $  50,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses........................................     10,000
Printing and engraving expenses...................................      *
Legal fees and expenses...........................................  $ 400,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................      *
Registrar and Transfer Agent's fees and expenses..................      *
Miscellaneous.....................................................      *
                                                                    ---------
  Total...........................................................  $   *
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
* To be completed by amendment.
 
    All  amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee,
the NASD filing fee  and Nasdaq National Market  listing fee are estimated.  The
Company intends to pay all expenses of registration with respect to shares being
sold  by the Selling Stockholders hereunder,  with the exception of underwriting
discounts and commissions.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The Company  has authority  under the  Delaware General  Corporation Law  to
indemnify all directors and officers to the extent provided in such statute. The
Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify
its  directors to the fullest  extent permitted by law  either now or hereafter.
The Company has also entered  into an agreement with  each of its directors  and
certain  of its officers wherein it has agreed  to indemnify each of them to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
 
    At present,  there  is  no  pending litigation  or  proceeding  involving  a
director  or officer of the Company as to which indemnification is being sought,
nor is the Company aware of any threatened litigation that may result in  claims
for indemnification by any officer or director.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Underwriting  Agreement filed  as  Exhibit  1.01  to this
Registration Statement, the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the directors,
officers  and  controlling  persons  of   the  Company  against  certain   civil
liabilities  that may  be incurred in  connection with  this offering, including
certain  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended   (the
"Securities Act").
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    (1)  The  Registrant  granted options  to  the persons  identified  below as
follows:
 
        (a) On March 17, 1995, Digital Lightwave, Inc., a California corporation
    (the "Predecessor"), granted an  option, solely in the  event of an  initial
    public  offering (an "IPO")  to purchase $150,000 worth  of shares of Common
    Stock at  a price  equal to  50% of  the IPO  effective price  per share  to
    Michael  Baum and George Murgatroyd in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of
    the Securities Act;
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
        (b) On June 19, 1995, the  Predecessor granted an option, solely in  the
    event  of an IPO of the Predecessor, to purchase $400,000 worth of shares of
    Common Stock at a price equal to 1% of the IPO effective price per share  to
    Stanley P. Zurn in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act;
 
        (c)  On June 22, 1995, the Predecessor  granted an option, solely in the
    event of an IPO of the Predecessor,  to purchase $30,000 worth of shares  of
    Common Stock at a price equal to 50% of the IPO effective price per share to
    Edward  F. Guignon in reliance  on Sections 3(b) and  4(2) of the Securities
    Act;
 
        (d) On June 23  1995, the Predecessor granted  an option, solely in  the
    event  of an IPO of the Predecessor,  to purchase $30,000 worth of shares of
    Common Stock at a price equal to 50% of the IPO effective price per share to
    Paul J. Hedlund in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act;
 
        (e) On July 12  1995, the Predecessor granted  an option, solely in  the
    event  of an IPO of the Predecessor,  to purchase $21,000 worth of shares of
    Common Stock at a price equal to 50% of the IPO effective price per share to
    Margaret A. Guignon in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the  Securities
    Act;
 
        (f)  On August 15,  1995, the Predecessor granted  an option to purchase
    200,000 shares of  Common Stock  to Michael Baum  and Paul  J. Hedlund  upon
    conversion  of a promissory note  evidencing a loan made  by such persons to
    the Registrant in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities  Act;
    and
 
        (g)  On September 7, 1995, the  Predecessor granted an option, solely in
    the event of an IPO of the Predecessor, to purchase $70,000 worth of  shares
    of Common Stock at a price equal to 50% of the IPO effective price per share
    to  Tony  Charles Lonstein  in reliance  on  Sections 3(b)  and 4(2)  of the
    Securities Act.
 
    (2) On  January 2,  1996, the  Registrant issued  a three-year  subordinated
promissory  note in the original principal amount of $1 million and a warrant to
purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per  share
to  Renato Kasinsky, a citizen and resident of Brazil, in reliance on Regulation
S promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
    (3) On March 12, 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 521,030  shares
of  Common Stock and warrants to purchase 1,050,002 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $5.00 per share  to several noteholders of the Company,  other
than   those  described  in  paragraph  (1)   above,  in  consideration  of  the
satisfaction of  indebtedness  of  the  Registrant in  an  aggregate  amount  of
$2,605,041 in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    (4)  On March  18, 1996, the  Registrant issued 20,000,000  shares of Common
Stock to the sole stockholder of the Predecessor, upon the effective date of the
merger between the Registrant and the Predecessor in reliance on Section 3(a)(9)
of the Securities Act.
 
    (5) On March 28, 1996, the Registrant issued 200,000 shares of Common  Stock
for  an  aggregate  purchase price  of  $263,192  to the  persons  identified in
subparagraph 1(f) above  pursuant to the  exercise of their  option to  purchase
shares  of Common  Stock described in  subparagraph 1(f) in  satisfaction of the
indebtedness evidencing their  loan to  the Registrant in  reliance on  Sections
3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    (6)  Between  March 31,  1996 and  May  15, 1996,  the Registrant  issued an
aggregate of 448,212 shares of  Common Stock to 57  persons for an aggregate  of
$4,033,710  (consisting of cash subscriptions and the surrender of $2,449,000 of
the Company's  indebtedness)  in reliance  on  Sections  3(b) and  4(2)  of  the
Securities  Act. Holders of  the options described  in subparagraphs 1(a), 1(c),
1(d)  and  1(e)  above  surrendered  such  options  in  exchange  for   warrants
exercisable  for an  aggregate of 18,748  shares of  Common Stock at  a price of
$9.00 per share.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (7) On May 27, 1996, the Registrant issued 66,667 shares of Common Stock  to
Bulldog  Capital  Partners  for an  aggregate  purchase price  of  $1,200,000 in
reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    (8) On May 31, 1996, the Company issued an aggregate of $750,000 of its  18%
subordinated  promissory notes  due May  31, 1997 to  11 persons  in reliance on
Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    (9) On July 29,  1996, the Registrant issued  26,668 shares of Common  Stock
for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $4,000  to  the  person  identified  in
subparagraph (1)(b) above  pursuant to the  exercise of his  option to  purchase
shares  of Common Stock in reliance on  Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities
Act.
 
   (10) On July 29, 1996, the Registrant issued 4,667 shares of Common Stock for
an aggregate purchase price of $35,000 to the person identified in  subparagraph
1(g)  above pursuant to the exercise of  his option to purchase shares of Common
Stock in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
    (ii) During August and September 1996, the Registrant issued an aggregate of
1,051,669 shares of  Common Stock  upon the  exercise of  warrants described  in
items  (3) and (6) above in reliance on Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities
Act and issued 200,000 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the  warrants
described in item (2) above in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act.
 
    No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid in connection with any of
the foregoing transactions.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a)  Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER               EXHIBIT
- ---------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>        <C>
1.01       --         Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.01       --         Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant
3.02       --         Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant
4.01       --         Specimen Certificate for the Common Stock
5.01       --         Opinion of Baker & McKenzie**
10.01      --         Executive Employment Agreement dated September 30, 1996 between Registrant and Seth P. Joseph**
10.02      --         Lease Agreement dated October 7, 1994 between Registrant and Atrium at Clearwater, Limited*
10.03      --         First Lease Agreement Amendment dated February 16, 1996 between Registrant and Atrium at
                       Clearwater, Limited*
10.04      --         Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and officers and directors of Registrant*
10.05      --         Digital Lightwave, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
23.01      --         Consent of Baker & McKenzie (included in Exhibit 5.01)**
23.02      --         Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
24.01      --         Power of Attorney (as set forth on the signature page of the Registration Statement)*
27.01      --         Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
* Previously filed.
** To be filed by amendment.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
              None
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (1)   The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters  at   the  closing   specified  in   the  Underwriting   Agreement,
certificates  in such denominations and registered  in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described  in Item 14 , or otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification  is against  public policy as  expressed in  the
Securities  Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In  the event that a claim for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the Registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless  in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to  a court  of appropriate  jurisdiction the  question of  whether such
indemnification by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (3) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    (a) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the  information  omitted from  the  form of  prospectus  filed as  part  of the
registration statement in  reliance upon Rule  430A and contained  in a form  of
prospectus  filed by the Registrant pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed  to  be part  of  the  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (b)  That for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, each post-effective amendment that contains  a form of prospectus shall  be
deemed  to be  a new registration  statement relating to  the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to  be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"),  the  Registrant  certifies  that it  has  duly  caused  this
Amendment  No. 1  to Registration Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in  the City of Clearwater, Florida,  on
the 1st day of November, 1996.
 
                                          DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
 
                                          By:          /s/ BRYAN J. ZWAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                        Bryan J. Zwan
                                                   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on  the
dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                             <C>
                         NAME                                       TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------  -------------------------
 
                                                        Chairman of the Board, Chief
                  /s/ BRYAN J. ZWAN                      Executive Officer, President
     -------------------------------------------         and Director (Principal            November 1, 1996
                    Bryan J. Zwan                        Executive Officer)
 
                                                        Chief Financial Officer,
                 /s/ BETH A. MORRIS*                     Secretary and Treasurer
     -------------------------------------------         (Principal Financial and           November 1, 1996
                    Beth A. Morris                       Accounting Officer)
 
                 /s/ DOUG C. DOHRING*
     -------------------------------------------        Director                            November 1, 1996
                   Doug C. Dohring
 
                  /s/ SETH P. JOSEPH
     -------------------------------------------        Senior Executive Vice               November 1, 1996
                    Seth P. Joseph                       President and Director
 
           *By:           /s/ BRYAN J. ZWAN
       ---------------------------------------
           Bryan J. Zwan, Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                       NUMBERED
 NUMBER               EXHIBIT                                                                                    PAGES
- ---------             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
 
<S>        <C>        <C>                                                                                    <C>
1.01       --         Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.01       --         Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.02       --         Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant
4.01       --         Specimen Certificate for the Common Stock
10.05      --         Digital Lightwave, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan
23.02      --         Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
27.01      --         Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                                           K&S  DRAFT: 10/31/96

                                   4,000,000 SHARES

                               DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.

                                    COMMON STOCK,
                                   $.0001 PAR VALUE


                                UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                               __________, 1996



CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
   As Representative of the Several Underwriters
       Park Avenue Plaza
    New York, N.Y. 10055

Dear Sirs:

    1.  INTRODUCTORY.  Digital Lightwave, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in
Schedule A hereto (the "Underwriters") 3,140,000 shares of its Common Stock,
$.0001 par value per share (the "Securities") and the stockholders listed in
Schedule B hereto (the "Selling Stockholders") propose severally and not jointly
to sell an aggregate of 860,000 outstanding shares of the Securities (such
4,000,000 shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the "Firm
Securities"). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, at the
option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than 600,000 additional
shares of its Securities, as set forth below (such 600,000 additional shares
being hereinafter referred to as the "Optional Securities"). The Firm Securities
and the Optional Securities are herein collectively referred to as the "Offered
Securities."  This Underwriting Agreement, as amended, supplemented or modified
from time to time is referred to herein as the "Agreement."  The Company and the
Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the Underwriters as follows:

    2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS.  (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
several Underwriters that:

         (i)  A registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-9457) relating to
    the Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with
    the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") and either
    (A) has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended  (the "Act"), and is not proposed to be amended or (B) is proposed
    to be amended by amendment or post-effective amendment. If such
    registration statement (the "initial registration statement") has been
    declared effective, either (A) an additional registration statement (the
    "additional registration statement") relating to the Offered Securities may
    have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) ("Rule 462(b)")
    under the Act and, if so filed, has become effective upon filing pursuant
    to such Rule and the Offered Securities all have been duly

<PAGE>

    registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement
    and, if applicable, the additional registration statement or (B) such an
    additional registration statement is proposed to be filed with the
    Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and will become effective upon filing
    pursuant to such Rule and upon such filing the Offered Securities will all
    have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial
    registration statement and such additional registration statement.  If the
    Company does not propose to amend the initial registration statement or if
    an additional registration statement has been filed and the Company does
    not propose to amend it, and if any post-effective amendment to either such
    registration statement has been filed with the Commission prior to the
    execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent amendment (if
    any) to each such registration statement has been declared effective by the
    Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c)
    ("Rule 462(c)") under the Act or, in the case of the additional
    registration statement, Rule 462(b). For purposes of this Agreement,
    "Effective Time" with respect to the initial registration statement or, if
    filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the additional
    registration statement means (A) if the Company has advised the
    Representatives that it does not propose to amend such registration
    statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, or
    the most recent post-effective amendment thereto (if any) filed prior to
    the execution and delivery of this Agreement, was declared effective by the
    Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(c), or
    (B) if the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file
    an amendment or post-effective amendment to such registration statement,
    the date and time as of which such registration statement, as amended by
    such amendment or post-effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared
    effective by the Commission. If an additional registration statement has
    not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but
    the Company has advised the Representatives that it proposes to file one,
    "Effective Time" with respect to such additional registration statement
    means the date and time as of which such registration statement is filed
    and becomes effective pursuant to Rule 462(b). "Effective Date" with
    respect to the initial registration statement or the additional
    registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time
    thereof. The initial registration statement, as amended at its Effective
    Time, including all information contained in the additional registration
    statement (if any) and deemed to be a part of the initial registration
    statement as of the Effective Time of the additional registration statement
    pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and
    including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the initial
    registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b)
    ("Rule 430A(b)") under the Act, is hereinafter referred to as the "Initial
    Registration Statement". The additional registration statement, as amended
    at its Effective Time, including the contents of the initial registration
    statement incorporated by reference therein and including all information
    (if any) deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement as of
    its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b), is hereinafter referred to as
    the "Additional Registration Statement".  The Initial Registration
    Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are hereinafter
    referred to collectively as the "Registration Statements" and individually
    as a "Registration Statement". The form of prospectus relating to the
    Offered Securities, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in
    accordance with Rule 424(b) ("Rule 424(b)") under the Act or (if no such
    filing is required) as included in a Registration Statement, is hereinafter
    referred to as the "Prospectus". No document has been or will be prepared
    or distributed in reliance on Rule 434 under the Act.

         (ii)  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
    prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective
    Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration
    Statement conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act
    and the rules and regulations of the Commission ("Rules and Regulations")
    and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
    state any material fact required to be stated therein or


                                          2

<PAGE>

    necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the
    Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each
    Registration Statement conformed, or will conform, in all material respects
    to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not
    include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and
    did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
    and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement
    and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is
    prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional
    Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the
    Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at
    the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the
    Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will
    conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the
    Rules and Regulations, and none of such documents includes, or will
    include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to
    state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
    the statements therein (and, in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the
    circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. If the Effective
    Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution
    and delivery of this Agreement: on the Effective Date of the Initial
    Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the
    Act and the Rules and Regulations, neither of such documents will include
    any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material
    fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
    therein (and, in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances
    under which such statements were made) not misleading, and no Additional
    Registration Statement has been or will be filed. The two preceding
    sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration
    Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplements thereto) based upon written
    information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the
    Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and
    agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section
    7(c).

         (iii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing
    corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
    power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct
    its business as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly
    qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all
    other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the
    conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the
    failure, individually or in the aggregate, to be so qualified would not
    have a material adverse effect upon the condition, financial or otherwise,
    results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the
    Company.

         (iv) The Company has no subsidiaries and owns no securities, directly
    or indirectly, of any entity.

         (v) The Company's authorized capitalization is as described in the
    Prospectus; all  outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have
    been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable
    and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the
    Offered Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered
    against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued, fully
    paid and nonassessable and conform to the description thereof contained in
    the Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights
    with respect to the Securities; except as described in the Prospectus,
    there are no other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of
    capital stock issued by the Company; and, except as described in the
    Prospectus, there are no outstanding securities or


                                          3

<PAGE>

    obligations of the Company convertible into, exercisable for or
    exchangeable for any capital stock of the Company.

         (vi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts,
    agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would
    give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a
    brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with
    the transactions contemplated hereby.

         (vii) No person or entity has any right, not effectively satisfied or
    waived, to require the Company to include any securities with the
    Securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement; no person or
    entity has any right to require the Company to file a registration
    statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned
    or to be owned by such person; and, except as described in the Prospectus,
    no person or entity has any right to require the Company to include such
    securities with securities to be registered pursuant to any other
    registration statement filed by the Company under the Act.

         (viii) The Offered Securities have been approved for listing on the
    Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market, subject to notice of issuance.

         (ix) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing with,
    any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or
    made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated
    by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities by
    the Company, except such as have been obtained and made for registration of
    the Offered Securities under the Act and such as may be required by the
    National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or under state or foreign
    securities laws.

         (x) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
    sale of the Offered Securities by the Company will not result in a breach
    or violation of any of the terms and provisions of the charter or bylaws of
    the Company.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
    the sale of the Offered Securities by the Company will not result in a
    breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a
    default under, any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any
    governmental agency or body or any court having jurisdiction over the
    Company or any of its properties, or any agreement or instrument to which
    the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of
    the properties of the Company is subject, which breach violation or default
    would, individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on
    the Company.


         (xi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
    by the Company.

         (xii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has good and
    marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets
    owned by it, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that
    would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the
    use made or to be made thereof; and except as disclosed in the Prospectus,
    the Company holds any leased real or personal property under valid and
    enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with
    the use made or to be made thereof.

         (xiii) The Company possesses adequate certificates, authorities or
    permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to
    conduct the business now operated by it as described in the Prospectus,
    except for certificates, authorities or permits that are not material


                                          4

<PAGE>

    and do not interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company; and
    the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the
    revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit
    that, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the
    aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         (xiv) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to
    the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that might have a material
    adverse effect on the Company; the Company is not engaged in any unfair
    labor practice; and no unfair labor practice complaint is pending or, to
    its best knowledge, threatened against the Company.

         (xv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns
    trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents,
    patent applications, copyrights, confidential information and other
    intellectual property (collectively, "intellectual property rights")
    necessary to operate its business as now conducted by it and as proposed to
    be conducted, each as described in the Prospectus; to the best knowledge of
    the Company, the Company has not infringed, and is not infringing, and the
    Company has not received any notice of claimed infringement with respect
    to, any intellectual property rights of others; and to the best knowledge
    of the Company there is no infringement by others of the intellectual
    property rights of the Company.

         (xvi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no pending
    actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company or any of
    its properties that, if determined adversely to the Company, would
    individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
    condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or results of
    operations of the Company, or would materially and adversely affect the
    ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or
    which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered
    Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings are, to the Company's
    knowledge,  threatened or  contemplated.

         (xvii) The financial statements included in each Registration
    Statement and the Prospectus present fairly the financial position of the
    Company as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows
    for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in
    conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United
    States applied on a consistent basis.

         (xviii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since the date of the
    latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus there has
    been no material adverse change, nor any development or event that may
    result in a prospective material adverse change, in the condition
    (financial or otherwise), business, properties or results of operations of
    the Company; there have been no transactions entered into by the Company,
    other than in the ordinary course of business, which are material with
    respect to the Company; and, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the
    Prospectus, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind
    declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

         (xix) There is no document or contract of a character required to be
    described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or to be filed
    as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, that is not described or filed
    as required.


                                          5

<PAGE>

         (xx) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
    sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof
    as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as
    defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

         (xxi) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates does business with
    the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba
    within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes, and the Company
    agrees to comply with such Section if prior to the completion of the
    distribution of the Offered Securities it commences doing such business.

         (b)  Each Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly represents and
    warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

         (i)  Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the First Closing Date
    (defined below) will have, valid and unencumbered title to the Offered
    Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date
    and full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to
    sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered
    by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the
    delivery of and payment for such Offered Securities on such Closing Date,
    the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered title to the
    Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such
    Closing Date.

         (ii)  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
    prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement:  (A) on the
    Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial
    Registration Statement conformed in all material respects to the
    requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include
    any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
    required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
    not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration
    Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed, or will conform,
    in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
    Regulations did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a
    material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material
    fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
    therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial
    Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional
    Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this
    Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the
    time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such
    filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration
    Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement
    and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the
    requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and none of such
    documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material
    fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be
    stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (and, in  case
    of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were
    made) not misleading.  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration
    Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: on
    the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial
    Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material
    respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations,
    neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a material
    fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
    or necessary to make the statements therein (and, in the case of the
    Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
    misleading.  The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or
    omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any
    supplements thereto) based upon written information furnished to the


                                          6

<PAGE>

    Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use
    therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is
    that described as such in Section 7(c).

         (iii)  No consent, approval,  authorization or order of, or filing
    with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be
    obtained or made by such Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the
    transactions contemplated by the Custody Agreement or this Agreement in
    connection with the sale of the Offered Securities sold by such Selling
    Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made for registration of
    the Offered Securities under the Act and such as may be required by the
    National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or under any foreign or
    state securities laws;

         (iv)  The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody Agreement
    and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions therein and
    herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the
    terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any
    rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court
    having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any their properties
    or any agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party
    or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the
    properties of such Selling Stockholder is subject; and

         (v) Each of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and related Custody
    Agreement with respect to each Selling Stockholder has been duly
    authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and
    constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each such Selling
    Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
    bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and
    similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors'
    rights, to general equity principles and to applicable laws and public
    policy considerations which may limit rights to indemnity or contribution
    thereunder.

    3.  PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF OFFERED SECURITIES. On the basis of the
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the
terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder
agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each
Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and
each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $            per share, the
respective number of shares of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as
determined by CS First Boston Corporation ("CS First Boston") in its discretion,
in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying 3,140,000  Firm Securities
in the case of the Company and the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite
the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto, in the case of a
Selling Stockholder, in each case, by a fraction the numerator of which is the
number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule A hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm
Securities.

    Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by
the Selling Stockholders hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery
under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements made with American Stock Transfer
and Trust Company, as custodian ("Custodian").  Each Selling Stockholder agrees
that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling
Stockholder under such Custody Agreements are subject to the interests of the
Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder
for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the
Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law,
whether by the death of any individual Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of
any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or
trustees or the termination of such trust.  If any individual Selling
Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such
event


                                          7

<PAGE>

should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of
the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall
be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred,
regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such
death or other event or termination.

    The Company and the Custodian will deliver the Firm Securities to the
Representatives for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the
purchase price in federal reserve funds immediately available by wire transfer
to the account of the Company at a bank acceptable to CS First Boston, payable
to the Company in the case of 3,140,000 shares of Firm Securities and in federal
reserve funds immediately available by wire transfer to the account of the
Custodian payable to the Custodian in the case of 860,000 shares of Firm
Securities, at the office of King & Spalding, Atlanta, Georgia, at 10:00 A.M.,
New York time, on                      , or at such other time not later than
seven full business days thereafter as CS First Boston and the Company
determine, such time being herein referred to as the "First Closing Date."  The
certificates for the Firm Securities so to be delivered, will be in definitive
form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CS First Boston
requests upon reasonable notice and will be made available for checking and
packaging at the above office of King & Spalding at least 24 hours prior to the
First Closing Date.

    In addition, upon written notice from CS First Boston given to the Company
from time to time not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the
Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional
Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm
Securities.  The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of shares
of Optional Securities specified in such notice and the Underwriters agree,
severally and not jointly, to purchase such Optional Securities. Such Optional
Securities shall be purchased for the account of each Underwriter in the same
proportion as the number of shares of Firm Securities set forth opposite such
Underwriter's name bears to the total number of shares of Firm Securities
(subject to adjustment by CS First Boston to eliminate fractions) and may be
purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments
made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities
shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or
simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional
Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time and to the
extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time
upon notice by CS First Boston to the Company.

    Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities,
being herein referred to as an "Optional Closing Date", which may be the First
Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any,
being sometimes referred to as a "Closing Date"), shall be determined by CS
First Boston but shall be not later than five full business days after written
notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will
deliver the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to
the Representatives for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against
payment of the purchase price therefor in federal reserve funds immediately
available by wire transfer to the account of the Company at a bank acceptable to
CS First Boston, payable to the Company.  The certificates for the Optional
Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date, will be in definitive
form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CS First Boston
requests upon reasonable notice prior to such Optional Closing Date and will be
made available for checking and packaging at the above office of King & Spalding
at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.


                                          8

<PAGE>

    4.  OFFERING BY UNDERWRITERS.  It is understood that the several
Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as
set forth in the Prospectus.

    5.  CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.

    The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

         (a)  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
    prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will
    file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with
    subparagraph (1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by CS First Boston,
    subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the
    second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement
    or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of the Initial
    Registration Statement.  The Company will advise CS First Boston promptly
    of any such filing pursuant to Rule 424(b). If the Effective Time of the
    Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of
    this Agreement and an additional registration statement is necessary to
    register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the
    Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such execution and delivery,
    the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed,
    will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant
    to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York
    time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time
    the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make
    such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by CS First
    Boston.

         (b)  The Company will advise CS First Boston promptly of any proposal
    to amend or supplement the initial or any additional registration statement
    as filed or the related prospectus or the Initial Registration Statement,
    the Additional Registration Statement (if any) or the Prospectus and will
    not effect such amendment or supplementation without CS First Boston's
    consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; and the Company will
    also advise CS First Boston promptly of the effectiveness of each
    Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the
    execution and delivery of this Agreement) and of any amendment or
    supplementation of a Registration Statement or the Prospectus and of the
    institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a
    Registration Statement and will use its best efforts to prevent the
    issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible its
    lifting, if issued.

         (c)  If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered
    Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with
    sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which
    the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
    to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
    which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to
    amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will
    promptly notify CS First Boston of such event and will promptly prepare and
    file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement
    which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will
    effect such compliance.  Neither CS First Boston's consent to, nor the
    Underwriters' delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall
    constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.


                                          9

<PAGE>

         (d)  As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date
    (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its
    securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12
    months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration
    Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Additional Registration
    Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.
    For the purpose of the preceding sentence, "Availability Date" means the
    45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal
    quarter that includes such Effective Date, except that, if such fourth
    fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company's fiscal year,
    "Availability Date" means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal
    quarter.

         (e)  The Company will furnish to the Representatives copies of each
    Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all
    exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a
    prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered
    under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, the
    Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each
    case in such quantities as CS First Boston requests. The Prospectus shall
    be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business
    day following the later of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
    the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement.  All other
    documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company will pay
    the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such
    documents.

         (f)  The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered
    Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CS First Boston
    designates and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as
    required to complete the distribution of the Offered Securities, provided
    that the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation
    or to consent to service of process under the laws of any such jurisdiction
    (except service of process with respect to the offering and sale of the
    Offered Securities).

         (g)  During the period of five years hereafter, the Company will
    furnish to the Representatives and, upon request, to each of the other
    Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a
    copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company
    will furnish to the Representatives (i) as soon as available, a copy of
    each report or definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the
    Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or mailed
    to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information of a
    public nature concerning the Company as CS First Boston may reasonably
    request.

         (h)  For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the
    Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose
    of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration
    statement under the Act relating to, any additional shares of its
    Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
    for any shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to
    make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior
    written consent of CS First Boston, except issuances of Securities pursuant
    to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or
    the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date
    hereof, grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in
    effect on the date hereof and issuances of Securities pursuant to the
    exercise of such options.


                                          10

<PAGE>

    The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agree
with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay all expenses incident to
the performance of the obligations of the Company and such Selling Stockholder,
as the case may be (except for the underwriting discounts and commissions
payable with respect to the Selling Stockholders' shares sold in the Offering,
which each Selling Stockholder will bear in proportion to amounts sold), under
this Agreement, and will reimburse the Underwriters (if and to the extent
incurred by them) for any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by them in connection with qualification of
the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CS First
Boston designates and the printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing
fee of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. relating to the
Offered Securities, for any travel expenses of the Company's officers and
employees and any other expenses of the Company in connection with attending or
hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities, for any
transfer taxes on the sale by the Selling Stockholders of the Offered Securities
to the Underwriters and for expenses incurred in distributing preliminary
prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements
thereto) to the Underwriters.

    Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to deliver to
CS First Boston, attention: Transactions Advisory Group, on or prior to the
First Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury
Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury
Department regulations in lieu thereof).

    Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, for a period of
180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any additional shares of
the Securities of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any shares of Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to
make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, without the prior written
consent of CS First Boston.

    6.  CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS. The obligations of
the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the
First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional
Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and
warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to
the accuracy of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the
provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional
conditions precedent:

         (a)  The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated the date
    of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the Initial
    Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this
    Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if the
    Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the
    execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of
    the amendment or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to
    be filed shortly prior to such Effective Time), of Coopers & Lybrand
    L.L.P., confirming that they are independent public accountants within the
    meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations
    thereunder and stating to the effect that:

                   (i) in their opinion the financial statements examined by
         them and included in the Registration Statements comply as to form in
         all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
         the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations;


                                          11

<PAGE>

                   (ii)  on the basis of a reading of the latest available
         interim financial statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of
         the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting
         matters and other specified procedures, nothing came to their
         attention that caused them to believe that:

                        (A) at the date of the latest available balance sheet
              read by such accountants, or at a subsequent specified date not
              more than five days prior to the date of this Agreement, there
              was any change in the capital stock or any increase in short-term
              indebtedness or long-term debt of the Company or, at the date of
              the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants,
              there was any decrease in net current assets or net assets, as
              compared with amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included
              in the Prospectus; or

                        (B) for the period from the closing date of the latest
              income statement included in the Prospectus to the closing date
              of the latest available income statement read by such accountants
              there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding
              period of the previous year, and with the period of corresponding
              length ended the date of the latest income statement included in
              the Prospectus, in  net sales or net operating income or in the
              total or per share amounts of income before extraordinary items
              or net income;

         except in all cases set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above for
         changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have
         occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

                   (iii) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or
         percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other financial
         information contained in the Registration Statements (in each case to
         the extent that such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial
         information are derived from the general accounting records of the
         Company subject to the internal controls of the Company's accounting
         system or are derived directly from such records by analysis or
         computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a reading of
         such general accounting records and other procedures specified in such
         letter and have found such dollar amounts, percentages and other
         financial information to be in agreement with such results, except as
         otherwise specified in such letter.

For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the Initial
Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, "Registration Statements" shall mean the initial registration
statement as proposed to be amended by the amendment or post-effective amendment
to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of
the Initial Registration Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of
this Agreement but the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement
is subsequent to such execution and delivery, "Registration Statements" shall
mean the Initial Registration Statement and the additional registration
statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be amended by the post-
effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, and (iii)
"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in the Registration Statements.


                                          12

<PAGE>

         (b)  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
    not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective
    Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the
    date of this Agreement or such later date as shall have been consented to
    by CS First Boston. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration
    Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this
    Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00
    P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time
    the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have
    occurred at such later date as shall have been consented to by CS First
    Boston.  If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is
    prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Prospectus shall
    have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and
    Regulations and Section 5(a) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date,
    no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement
    shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been
    instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, any Selling Stockholder or
    the Representatives, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

         (c)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there
    shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event
    involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise),
    business, properties or results of operations of the Company which, in the
    judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the
    Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or
    inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale
    of and payment for the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the
    rating of any debt securities of the Company by any "nationally recognized
    statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)
    under the Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has
    under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the
    Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a
    possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such
    rating); (iii) any suspension or limitation of trading in securities
    generally on the New York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices
    for trading on such exchange, or any suspension of trading of any
    securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter
    market; (iv) any banking moratorium declared by U.S. Federal or New York
    authorities; or (v) any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in
    which the United States is involved, any declaration of war by Congress or
    any other substantial national or international calamity or emergency if,
    in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the
    Representatives, the effect of any such outbreak, escalation, declaration,
    calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with
    completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the
    Offered Securities.

         (d)  The Representatives shall have received an opinion, dated such
    Closing Date, of Baker & McKenzie, counsel for the Company, to the effect
    that:

              (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing
         corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,
         with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct
         its business as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly
         qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in
         each jurisdiction in which it is known to such counsel to own or lease
         property or conduct business and in which the failure, individually or
         in the aggregate, to be so qualified would have a material adverse
         effect on the Company.


                                          13

<PAGE>

              (ii) The Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date and
         all other outstanding shares of the Securities of the Company have
         been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and
         nonassessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the
         Prospectus; the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights
         with respect to the Offered Securities; and, to the best knowledge of
         such counsel, there are no other rights to subscribe for or purchase
         any shares of capital stock issued by the Company and (except as
         described in the Prospectus) no outstanding securities or obligations
         of the Company convertible into, exercisable for or exchangable for
         any capital stock of the Company.

              (iii) To the best knowledge of such counsel, no person or entity
         has any right, not effectively satisfied or waived, to require the
         Company to include any securities with the Securities registered
         pursuant to a Registration Statement; no person or entity has any
         right to require the Company to file a registration statement under
         the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be
         owned by such person; and, except as described in the Prospectus, no
         person or entity has any right to require the Company to include such
         securities with securities to be registered pursuant to any other
         registration statement filed by the Company under the Act.

              (iv) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing
         with, any governmental agency or body or, to such counsel's knowledge,
         any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company in
         connection with the sale of the Offered Securities by the Company
         other than registration of the Offered Securities Under the Act
         (except such counsel will not express an opinion as to any necessary
         qualification under the state securities or blue sky laws of the
         various jurisdictions in which the Offered Securities are being
         offered by the Underwriters or the review of the terms of the public
         offering of the Offered Securities by the NASD).

              (v) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
         the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not
         result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of
         the charter or bylaws of the Company.  The execution, delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
         herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of
         the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
         statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or
         body or any court having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
         properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
         party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the
         properties of the Company is subject, of which such counsel is aware,
         which, breach, default or violation would have a material adverse
         effect on the Company.

              (vi) To the best knowledge of such counsel, there are no pending
         actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company or any
         of its properties that, if determined adversely to the Company, would
         individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the
         condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or results of
         operations of the Company, or would materially and adversely affect
         the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this
         Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale
         of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or proceedings
         are threatened or, to the Company's knowledge, contemplated.


                                          14

<PAGE>

              (vii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Company.

              (viii) The Initial Registration Statement was declared effective
         under the Act as of the date specified in such opinion, the Additional
         Registration Statement (if any) was filed and became effective under
         the Act as of the date specified in such opinion, the Prospectus
         either was filed with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph (1) or
         (4) of Rule 424(b) on the date specified therein or was included in
         the Initial Registration Statement or the Additional Registration
         Statement (as the case may be), and, to the best knowledge of such
         counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration
         Statement or any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for
         that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated under
         the Act, and each Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each
         amendment or supplement thereto, as of their respective effective or
         issue dates, complied as to form in all material respects with the
         requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

              (ix) The statements in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus under the captions "Business -- Regulation," "Description
         of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible For Future Sale," insofar as
         they are descriptions of laws, regulations and rules, of legal and
         governmental proceedings or of contracts, agreements, leases and other
         legal documents known to such counsel, or refer to statements of law
         or legal conclusions, are complete and accurate in all material
         respects.

              In addition, such counsel shall state that it has participated in
         conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company,
         representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company
         and the Representatives and counsel to the Underwriters at which the
         contents of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and related
         matters were discussed and, although such counsel has not undertaken
         to investigate or verify independently and does not assume any
         responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the
         statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
         (except as otherwise expressly set forth herein), on the basis of the
         foregoing, no facts have come to such counsel's attention that caused
         such counsel to believe that any part of the Registration Statement
         (other than the financial statements and notes thereto and other
         financial, statistical and accounting data or schedules included
         therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel need express
         no opinion), as amended or supplemented, at the time such part of the
         Registration Statement became effective, contained an untrue statement
         of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
         misleading, or the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and
         notes thereto and other financial, statistical and accounting data or
         schedules included therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which such
         counsel expresses no opinion), as amended or supplemented, on the date
         of filing thereof with the Commission and on the date hereof,
         contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
         material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


                                          15

<PAGE>

         (e)  The Representatives shall have received the opinion contemplated
    in the Power of Attorney executed and delivered by each Selling Stockholder
    and an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Holland & Knight, counsel for
    the Selling Stockholders, to the effect that:

              (i)  Each Selling Stockholder had valid and unencumbered title to
         the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such
         Closing Date and had full right, power and authority to sell, assign,
         transfer and deliver the Offered Securities delivered by such Selling
         Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and the several
         Underwriters have acquired valid and unencumbered title to the Offered
         Securities purchased by them from the Selling Stockholders on such
         Closing Date hereunder;

              (ii)  No consent, approval,  authorization or order of, or filing
         with, any governmental agency or body or, to such counsel's knowledge,
         any court is required to be obtained or made by any Selling
         Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
         the Custody Agreement or this Agreement in connection with the sale of
         the Offered Securities sold by the Selling Stockholders,  other than
         the registration of the Offered Securities under the Act or approval
         of the terms of the public offering of the Offered Security by the
         NASD (except such counsel will not express an opinion as to any
         necessary qualification under the state securities or blue sky laws of
         the various jurisdictions in which the Offered Securities are being
         offered by the Underwriters);

              (iii)  The execution, delivery and performance of the Custody
         Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
         therein and herein contemplated will not result in a breach or
         violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a
         default under, any agreement or instrument to which any Selling
         Stockholder is a party or by which any Selling Stockholder is bound or
         to which any of the properties of any Selling Stockholder is subject,
         of which such counsel is aware;

              (iv) The Power of Attorney and related Custody Agreement with
         respect to each Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed
         and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and
         constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each such Selling
         Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their respective terms,
         except (a) as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity, (b) as
         enforceability of any indemnification provisions may be limited under
         federal and state securities or blue sky laws or public policy,
         (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other
         forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses,
         including without limitation concepts of reasonableness, materiality,
         good faith and fair dealing and to the discretion of the court before
         which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and (d) to the extent
         that certain waivers of rights are void as against public policy; and

              (v)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by each Selling Stockholder.


                                          16

<PAGE>

         (f)  The Representatives shall have received from King & Spalding,
    counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing
    Date, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the
    Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date, the Registration
    Statements, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representatives
    may require, and the Selling Stockholders and the Company shall have
    furnished to such counsel such documents as they may reasonably request for
    the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

         (g)  The Representatives shall have received a certificate, dated such
    Closing Date, of the President or any Vice-President and a principal
    financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers, to
    the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state
    that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement
    are true and correct; the Company has complied in all material respects
    with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be
    performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop
    order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been
    issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
    contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if
    any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule
    462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of any
    applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the Act,
    prior to the time the Prospectus was printed and distributed to any
    Underwriter; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial
    statements in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change,
    nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse
    change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or
    results of operations of the Company except as set forth in or contemplated
    by the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.

         (h)  The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated such
    Closing Date, of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. which meets the requirements of
    subsection (a) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to
    in such subsection will be a date not more than five days prior to such
    Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.

The Selling Stockholders and the Company will furnish the Representatives with
such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as
the Representatives reasonably request.  CS First Boston may in its sole
discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to
the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional
Closing Date or otherwise.

    7.  INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.  (a)  The Company will indemnify and
hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred;
provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue


                                          17

<PAGE>

statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use
therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished
by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection
(c) below; and provided, further, that such indemnity with respect to any untrue
statement or omission of a material fact contained in any preliminary
prospectus, shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the
person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the
shares that are subject thereof if such person did not receive a copy of the
Prospectus (or the Prospectus as supplemented) at or prior to the confirmation
of the sale of such shares to such person in any case where delivery is required
under the Act and such untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained
in any preliminary prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (or the Prospectus
as supplemented).

    (b) The Selling Stockholders severally, and not jointly, will indemnify and
hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon
information provided in writing by such Selling Stockholder, upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any
Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in
each case only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company or any Underwriter
by a Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein) and will reimburse each
Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however,
that each Selling Stockholder will not be liable in any such case to the extent
that any such loss, claim, damage or liability (i) arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission from any of
such documents in reliance upon and conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives
specifically for use therein, or (ii) is in excess of the net proceeds of the
Offering received by such Selling Stockholder.

    (c)  Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and the Selling Stockholders against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Selling Stockholders may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was
made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use
therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
the Company and any Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are
incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information
furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the
Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the last paragraph at the
bottom of the cover page concerning the terms of


                                          18

<PAGE>

the offering by the Underwriters, the legend concerning over-allotments and
stabilizing on the inside front cover page and the concession and reallowance
figures and statement regarding discretionary sales appearing in the fourth and
fifth paragraphs, respectively, under the caption "Underwriting."

    (d)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under
subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, notify the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above.  In case any such action
is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party
of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to
participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except
with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying
party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party
of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will
not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or
other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of
which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could
have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement
includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability
on any claims that are the subject matter of such action.  An indemnifying party
will not be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without
its written consent.

    (e)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or
(c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company and each Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by
clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i)
above but also the relative fault of the Company and each Selling Stockholder on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements
or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits
received by the Company and each Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the
total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company and such Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts
and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, a Selling
Stockholder or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue
statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of
this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e).
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price


                                          19

<PAGE>

at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter
has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (e) to
contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.

    (f)  The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this
Section shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling
Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section
shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may
otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each
director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed the
Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of the Act.

    8.  DEFAULT OF UNDERWRITERS.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in
their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on any Closing Date
and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of
the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are
obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, CS First Boston may make
arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the
purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the
Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the
non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their
respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such
defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If
any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of
Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds
10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters
are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to
CS First Boston, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of
such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such
default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as
provided in Section 9 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to
Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not
terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased
previously. As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes any
person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will
relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

    9.  SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND OBLIGATIONS.  The respective
indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the
Company or its officers, the Selling Stockholders and of the several
Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the
results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling
Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or
directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment
for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section
8 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the
Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall
remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to
Section 5 and the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling
Stockholders, and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect,
and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations
and


                                          20

<PAGE>

warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in
effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not
consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event specified in
clause (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 6(c), the Company will reimburse the
Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of
counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the
Offered Securities.

    10.  NOTICES. All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent
to the Underwriters, will be mailed or delivered and confirmed to the
Representatives, c/o CS First Boston Corporation, Park Avenue Plaza, New York,
N.Y. 10055, Attention:  Investment Banking Department - Transactions Advisory
Group, with a copy to King & Spalding, 191 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, GA
30303-1763, Attn: Jeffrey M. Stein, Esq., or, if sent to the Company, will be
mailed or delivered and confirmed to it at 601 Cleveland Street, Fifth Floor,
Clearwater, FL 34615, Attention: Brian J. Zwan, with a copy to Baker & McKenzie,
The Wells Fargo Plaza, 12th Floor, 101 West Broadway, San Diego, California
92101-9890, Attn: John J. Hentrich, Esq., or, if sent to the Selling
Stockholders or any of them, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and
confirmed to the Selling Stockholders at the addresses set forth on Schedule B
below each Selling Stockholder's name, with a copy to Holland & Knight, 400
North Ashley Drive, Suite 2300, Tampa, Florida 33602-4300, Attn: Chester E.
Bacheller, Esq.; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant
to Section 7 will be mailed or delivered and confirmed to such Underwriter.

    11.  SUCCESSORS. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives and
successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in
Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

    12.  REPRESENTATION.  The Representatives will act for the several
Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representatives, jointly or by
CS First Boston, will be binding upon all the Underwriters. _____________,
__________ and ___________ (the "Attorneys") will act for the Selling
Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in
respect of this Agreement taken by the Attorneys will be binding upon all the
Selling Stockholders.

    13.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

    14.  APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

    The Company and each Selling Stockholder hereby submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The
City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                          21

<PAGE>


    If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives' understanding
of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company three counterparts
hereof, whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement among the
Selling Stockholders, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance
with its terms.

                                       Very truly yours,


     THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS:         By:.....................................
                                           [Name]
                                           Attorney-in-fact


                 THE COMPANY:          DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.

                                       By:.....................................
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement
is hereby confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

Acting on its behalf  and as the
Representative of the several Underwriters.


By:...............................
     Name:
     Title:

<PAGE>


                                      SCHEDULE A



                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                                FIRM SECURITIES
              UNDERWRITER                                       TO BE PURCHASED
              -----------                                       ---------------


CS First Boston Corporation............................

                                                                -------------
                             Total . . . . . . . . . . . .          4,000,000
                                                                -------------
                                                                -------------

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE B

                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                                 FIRM SECURITIES
SELLING STOCKHOLDER                                                 TO BE SOLD
- -------------------                                              ---------------

Norton S. Karno                                                      300,000
Ellenburg Capital Corp.                                              225,334
Paul Hedlund                                                          69,453
Michael J. Baum                                                       66,801
Stanley P. Zurn                                                       40,000
David A. Wagner or Patricia Flanagan Wagner                           11,638
George W. Murgatroyd                                                   5,986
Edward F. and Angela M. Guignon                                        6,339
Stanley P. Zurn                                                        8,001
Robert Welch                                                           8,001
Jakob Kryszek                                                          6,334
Alfred J. Cade                                                         4,667
ASK Brown Trust                                                        4,667
Nicholas Brown                                                         3,267
Frank & Jean Dufek                                                     3,134
Carl R. Gratz Residuary Trust                                          3,134
Venture Tech Investors                                                 2,934
First Trust Corp. TTEE for Bert Rettner                                1,701
Ruth Cantley                                                           2,334
Tony Lonstein                                                          2,801
Monte Factor TTEE under the will of Ted H. Factor                      1,867
Frank G. McGuire III/Jordon Trust                                      1,400
George J. Baxter                                                       1,400
Sean Lilly                                                             1,334
Margaret A. Guignon                                                    1,053
                                                                     -------
            Total......................................              860,000
                                                                     -------
                                                                     -------

<PAGE>


                               CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                          TO
                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                               DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.
                                           


    DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by
virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Corporation"),

    DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

    FIRST:  That by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to
the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment to
be advisable and recommended for approval by meeting or written consent of the
stockholders of the Corporation.  The resolution setting forth the proposed
amendment is as follows:

         RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation be amended by
    changing Section (a) of Article FOURTH, so that as amended Section (a)
    of Article FOURTH shall be and read as follows:
         
              "FOURTH:  (a) General.  The aggregate number of shares
         which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 220,000,000
         shares, of which 20,000,000 shall be shares of Preferred
         Stock, par value $.0001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"),
         and 200,000,000 shall be shares of Common Stock, par value
         $.0001 per share (the "Common Stock").
         
              Effective at the time of the filing with the Secretary
         of State of the State of Delaware of the Certificate of
         Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Corporation on October 31, 1996, setting forth the amendment
         set forth herein (the "Effective Time"), each three (3)
         shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately
         prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without
         any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be
         reclassified into and become two (2) shares of Common Stock
         and each stock certificate that, immediately prior to the
         Effective Time, represented three (3) shares of Common Stock
         shall, from and after the Effective Time, represent two (2) 

<PAGE>


         shares of Common Stock (the "Reverse Stock Split").  No fractional
         shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Reverse
         Stock Split and each such fractional share shall be rounded up to the
         nearest whole share of Common Stock."

    SECOND:  That pursuant to and in accordance with Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the proposed amendment was duly
approved by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and prompt written notice has or will
be given to all stockholders of record of the Corporation who have not consented
to the amendment set forth herein.

    THIRD:  That the foregoing amendment has been duly adopted in accordance
with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Digital Lightwave, Inc. has caused this certificate to
be signed by Bryan J. Zwan, its Chief Executive Officer, and attested to by Beth
A. Morris, its Secretary, this 31st day of October, 1996.


                                  By:  /s/ Bryan J. Zwan        
                                       -----------------------
                                       Bryan J. Zwan
                                       Chief Executive Officer


ATTEST:  /s/ Beth A. Morris       
         ------------------
         Beth A. Morris
         Secretary



<PAGE>

                               DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.

                             AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

                                      ARTICLE I

                                       OFFICES

SECTION 1.       REGISTERED OFFICE.

    The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be
in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

SECTION 2.       OTHER OFFICES.

    The Corporation also may have offices at such other places both within and
without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                      ARTICLE II

                                     STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1.      STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS.

    (a)  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the stockholders shall be
held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware,
as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the
notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

    (b)  ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held
during the third week of the month of May in each year as designated by the
Board of Directors, or at such other date as may be designated by the Board of
Directors, for the election of directors and the transaction of such other
business properly brought before such annual meeting of the stockholders and
within the powers of the stockholders.

    (c)  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders of the
Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Board of Directors pursuant to a
resolution approved by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.  Business
transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders shall be limited to the
purposes stated in the notice of such meeting.

    (d)  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Except as otherwise provided law, the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, written notice of each meeting of the
stockholders shall be given not less than ten days nor more than sixty days
before the date of such meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,
directed to such stockholder's address as it appears upon the 


<PAGE>

books of the Corporation, such notice to specify the place, date, hour and
purpose or purposes of such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to
be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock ledger of
the Corporation.  When a meeting of the stockholders is adjourned to another
time and/or place, notice need not be given of such adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting of the stockholders at which
the adjournment is taken, unless the adjournment is for more than thirty days or
unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for such adjourned
meeting, in which event a notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.  Notice of the time, place
and purpose of any meeting of the stockholders may be waived in writing either
before or after such meeting and will be waived by any stockholder by such
stockholder's attendance thereat in person or by proxy.  Any stockholder so
waiving notice of such a meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such
meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

    (e)  QUORUM.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of not less than a majority of the
shares entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, present in person or
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of the majority of
such quorum shall be deemed the act of the stockholders.  If a quorum shall fail
to attend any meeting of the stockholders, the presiding officer of such meeting
may adjourn such meeting from time to time to another place, date or time,
without notice other than announcement at such meeting, until a quorum is
present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present
or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted
at the meeting of the stockholders as originally noticed.  The foregoing
notwithstanding, if a notice of any adjourned special meeting of the
stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat which states
that such adjourned special meeting will be held with those present in person or
by proxy constituting a quorum, then, except as otherwise required by law, those
present at such adjourned special meeting of the stockholders shall constitute a
quorum and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at
such special meeting.

SECTION 2.       DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO NOTICE AND TO VOTE.

    To determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of the
stockholders or to vote thereat, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a
record date as provided in Article VII, Section 1 of these Bylaws, or if no
record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, a record date shall be
determined as provided by law.

SECTION 3.       VOTING.

    (a)  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws, each stockholder present in person or by proxy at a meeting of
the stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each full share of stock
registered in the name of such stockholder at the 

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

time fixed by the Board of Directors or by law as the record date of the
determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

    (b)  Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders
may do so either (i) in person or (ii) by one or more agents authorized by a
written proxy executed by the person or such stockholder's duly authorized
agent, whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic or facsimile
transmission or otherwise.  Every proxy must be executed in writing (which shall
include telegraphing or facsimile transmission) by the stockholder or by his
duly authorized agent, but no proxy shall be voted on after eleven (11) months
from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

    (c)  Voting may be by voice or by ballot as the presiding officer of the
meeting of the stockholders shall determine.  On a vote by ballot, each ballot
shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder's proxy, and
shall state the number of shares voted.

    (d)  In advance of or at any meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of
the Board or Chief Executive Officer may appoint one or more persons as
inspectors of election (the "Inspectors") to act at such meeting.  Such
Inspectors shall take charge of the ballots at such meeting.  After the
balloting on any question, the Inspectors shall count the ballots cast and make
a written report to the secretary of such meeting of the results.  Subject to
the direction of the presiding officer of the meeting, the duties of such
Inspectors may further include without limitation: determining the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each; the shares represented at the
meeting; the existence of a quorum; the authenticity, validity, and effect of
proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote; counting and tabulating all votes of consents and determining when the
polls shall close; determining the result; and doing such acts as may be proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  An Inspector
need not be a stockholder of the Corporation and any officer of the Corporation
may be an Inspector on any question other than a vote for or against such
officer's election to any position with the Corporation or on any other
questions in which such officer may be directly interested.  If there are three
or more Inspectors, the determination, report or certificate of a majority of
such Inspectors shall be effective as if unanimously made by all Inspectors.

SECTION 4.    LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS.

    The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall
prepare and make available, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,
arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares
registered in the name of each such stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the
examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to such meeting, either
at a place within the city where such meeting is to be held and which place
shall be specified in the notice of such meeting, or, if not so specified at the
place where such meeting is to be held.  The list 

                                         -3-
<PAGE>

also shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting of the
stockholders during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any
stockholder who is present.

SECTION 5.       ACTION BY CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS.

    Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may
not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders; provided,
however, that any action required to be taken by the stockholders of the
Corporation may be effected by a consent to such action signed by the holders of
a majority of the class of stock entitled to vote thereon if approved by a
two-thirds vote of the Continuing Directors, as such term is defined in the
Certificate of Incorporation.  All such consents shall be filed with the
corporate records.

SECTION 6.       CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.

    The presiding officer of the meeting shall have full and complete authority
to determine the agenda, to set the procedures and order the conduct of
meetings, all as deemed appropriate by such person in his sole discretion with
due regard to the orderly conduct of business.

SECTION 7.       NOTICE OF AGENDA MATTERS.

    If a stockholder wishes to present to the Chairman of the Board or the
Chief Executive Officer an item for consideration as an agenda item for any
annual or special meeting of stockholders, he must give timely notice to the
Secretary of the Corporation and give a brief description of the business
desired to be brought before the meeting and any other information relating to
the agenda item that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Rule 14a-8"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, an item for consideration as an agenda item for any special meeting
will be considered only if the item is one of the purposes described in the
special meeting notice required by Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.  To be timely, (i) for any annual meeting of stockholders, a
stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty
days nor more than one hundred eighty days prior to the anniversary date of the
Company's notice of annual meeting provided with respect to the previous year's
annual meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if no annual meeting was held in the
previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed to be more than
thirty calendar days from the date contemplated by the previous year's proxy
statement, the stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received
not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the date on
which notice of the date of the annual meeting is given to stockholders or made
public, whichever first occurs, and (ii) for any special meeting of
stockholders, a stockholder's notice by must be delivered to or mailed and
received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the
date on which notice of the date of the special meeting is given to stockholders
or made public, whichever first occurs.  No item submitted for 

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

consideration as an agenda item will be considered for any meeting unless
submitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph and the
applicable requirements under Rule 14a-8.  

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1.       GENERAL POWERS.

    Unless otherwise restricted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws as to action which shall be authorized or approved by the
stockholders, and subject to the duties of directors as prescribed by these
Bylaws, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of,
and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be controlled by, the
Board of Directors.  Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to
the same limitations, the directors shall have the following powers:

    (a)  To select and remove all the other officers, agents and employees of
the Corporation, prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be
inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, fix
their compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

    (b)  To conduct, manage, and control the affairs and business of the
Corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent
with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as they may deem
best.

    (c)  To change the principal office for the transaction of the business of
the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Article I, Section
2, hereof; to designate any place within or without the State of Delaware for
the holding of any stockholders' meeting or meetings and to adopt, make and use
a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to
alter the form of such seal and of such certificates from time to time, as in
their judgment they may deem best, provided such seal and such certificates
shall at all times comply with the provisions of law.

    (d)  To authorize the issue of shares of stock of the Corporation from time
to time, upon such terms as may be lawful, in consideration of money paid, labor
done or services actually rendered, debts or securities cancelled, or tangible
or intangible property actually received or, in the case of shares issued as a
dividend, against amounts transferred from surplus to stated capital.

    (e)  To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the
Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, 

                                         -5-

<PAGE>

debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecation or other evidences
of debt and securities therefor.

    (f)  To adopt and put into effect such stock purchase plans and stock
option plans, both of general and restricted stock option plan character, as
they may deem advisable for the benefit of employees of the Corporation, and to
issue stock in accordance with and pursuant to any such plan.

SECTION 2.       ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.

    (a)  NUMBER, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The authorized number of
directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors, but shall not be less than one nor more than nine.  The exact number
of directors shall be determined from time to time, either by a resolution or
Bylaw provision duly adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors. 
Directors need not be stockholders.

    (b)  RESIGNATION.  Any director may resign from the Board of Directors at
any time by giving written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation.  Any such
resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time when
such resignation shall become effective shall not be so specified, then such
resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt by the Secretary;
and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation
shall not be necessary to make it effective.

    (c)  NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS.  Nominations of persons for election to the
Board of Directors of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders may be made only either by or at the direction of:

              (i) the Board of Directors or any nominating committee
         or person appointed by the Board of Directors, or

              (ii) any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to
         vote for the election of directors at the meeting who
         complies with the procedure set forth in this paragraph;
         provided, however, that nominations of persons for election
         to the Board at a special meeting may be made only if the
         election of directors is one of the purposes described in
         the special meeting notice required by Section 222 of the
         General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Nominations of persons
         for election at annual meetings, other than nominations made
         by or at the direction of the Board, shall be made pursuant
         to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the
         Corporation.  To be timely, (A) for any annual meeting of
         stockholders, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
         mailed 

                                         -6-

<PAGE>

         and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
         less than one hundred twenty days nor more than one hundred eighty
         days prior to the anniversary date of the Company's notice of annual
         meeting provided with respect to the previous year's annual meeting;
         provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous
         year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed to be more
         than forty-five calendar days from the date contemplated by the
         previous year's proxy statement, the stockholder's notice must be
         received not later than the close of business on the tenth day
         following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting
         is given to stockholders or made public, whichever first occurs, and
         (B) for any special meeting of stockholders, a stockholder's notice
         must be delivered to or mailed and received not later than the close
         of business on the tenth day following the date on which notice of the
         date of the special meeting is given to stockholders or made public,
         whichever first occurs.  The stockholder's notice to the secretary
         shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
         nominate for election or re-election as a director at the annual
         meeting, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of
         the proposed nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of
         the proposed nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of capital
         stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the proposed
         nominee, and (4) any other information relating to the proposed
         nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitation for proxies
         for election of directors pursuant to Rule 14a under the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (B) as to the stockholder giving
         the notice of nominees for election at the meeting, (1) the name and
         record address of the stockholder, and (2) the class and number of
         shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned
         by the stockholder.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee
         for election at the meeting of stockholders to furnish any other
         information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to
         determine the eligibility of the proposed nominee to serve as a
         director of the Corporation.  No person shall be eligible for election
         as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with
         the procedures set forth in this paragraph.  The Chair of the meeting
         shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that
         a nomination was not made in accordance with the requirements of this
         paragraph, and if the Chair should so determine, the Chair 

                                         -7-

<PAGE>

         shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be
         disregarded.

    (d)  PREFERRED STOCK PROVISIONS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever
the holders of any one or more classes or series of stock issued by the
Corporation having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon
liquidation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect
directors at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the elections
term of office, filling of vacancies, nomination, terms of removal and other
features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of Article Fourth
of the Certificate of Incorporation and the resolution or resolutions
establishing such class or series adopted pursuant thereto.

SECTION 3.       MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

    (a)  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be
held without call at the following times:

              (i)  at such times as the Board of Directors shall from
         time to time by resolution determine; and

              (ii) one-half hour prior to any special meeting of the
         stockholders and immediately following the adjournment of
         any annual or special meeting of the stockholders.

Notice of all such regular meetings hereby is dispensed with.

    (b)  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors pursuant to a
resolution approved by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.  Notice of
the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given
by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or by any other
officer authorized by the Board of Directors.  Such notice shall be given to
each director personally or by mail, messenger, telephone, facsimile or
telegraph at such director's business or residence address.  Notice by mail
shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, not later than
the third day prior to the date fixed for such special meeting.  Notice by
telephone, facsimile or telegraph shall be sent, and notice given personally or
by messenger shall be delivered, at least twenty-four hours prior to the time
set for such special meeting.  Notice of a special meeting of the Board of
Directors need not contain a statement of the purpose of such special meeting.

    (c)  ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  A majority of directors present at any regular or
special meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, whether or
not constituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting from time to time until a
quorum is present or otherwise.  


                                         -8-

<PAGE>

Notice of the time and place of holding any adjourned meeting shall not be
required if the time and place are fixed at the meeting adjourned.

    (d)  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Unless a resolution of the Board of Directors or
the written consent of all members of the Board of Directors given either before
or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation designates
a different place within or without the State of Delaware, meetings of the Board
of Directors, both regular and special, shall be held at the Corporation's
principal executive offices.

    (e)  PARTICIPATION BY TELEPHONE.  Members of the Board of Directors or any
committee may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or committee
through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so
long as all members participating in such meeting can hear one another, and such
participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

    (f)  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee
thereof, a majority of the total number of directors of the entire then
authorized Board of Directors or such committee shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present
at any such meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of
Directors or any committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  A meeting of the Board
of Directors or any committee at which a quorum initially is present may
continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors so
long as any action is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for
such meeting.

    (g)  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The transactions of any meeting of the Board of
Directors or any committee, however called and noticed or wherever held, shall
be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice,
if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the
directors not present signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to hold
such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof.  All such waivers, consents
or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting.

SECTION 5.       ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

    Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at
any meeting or at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if
all members of the Board of Directors or such committee consent in writing and
the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the
Board of Directors or such committee.

SECTION 6.       COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

                                         -9-

<PAGE>

    Unless otherwise restricted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary
as director.  No such payment shall preclude a director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members
of committees of the Board of Directors may be allowed like compensation for
attending committee meetings.

SECTION 7.       COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD.

    (a)  COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the Board of Directors, designate one or more committees of the
Board of Directors, each Committee to consist of one or more directors.  Each
such Committee, to the extent permitted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation
and these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management and affairs of the Corporation as may be prescribed
by the resolutions creating such committee.  Such committee or committees shall
have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may designate one or
more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of
Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.  The Board of Directors shall have the power, at any time for any
reason, to change the members of any such committee, to fill vacancies, and to
discontinue any such committee.

    (b)  MINUTES OF MEETINGS.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its
meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

    (c)  AUDIT COMMITTEE.  From and after the annual meeting of stockholders in
1996, the Board of Directors shall appoint an Audit Committee consisting of at
least two directors, none of whom shall be employees of the Corporation.  The
Audit Committee shall review the financial affairs and procedures of the
Corporation from time to time with management and meet with the auditors of the
Corporation to review the financial statements and procedures.

SECTION 8.       INTERESTED DIRECTORS.  

    In addition to the statutory and corporate common law of Delaware, no
contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors
or officers, or between the Corporation and any other Corporation partnership,
association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or
officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void
or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present at or 

                                         -10-

<PAGE>

participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are
counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors
or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to his
or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of
Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                       OFFICERS

SECTION 1.    OFFICERS.

    (a)   NUMBER.  The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the
Board of Directors and may include a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who
must be a director as chosen by the Board of Directors) and shall include a
Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (if so elected
by the Board of Directors), a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and a
Treasurer.  The Board of Directors also may appoint one or more Assistant
Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such
powers and duties as it shall deem necessary.  Any Vice President may be given
such specific designation as may be determined from time to time by the Board of
Directors.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless
otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. 
The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the
power to choose such other officers and to describe their respective duties and
powers.

    (b)   ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The officers shall be elected annually
by the Board of Directors at its regular meeting following the annual meeting of
the stockholders and each officer shall hold office until the next annual
election of officers and until such officer's successor is elected and
qualified, or until such officer's death, resignation or removal.  Any officer
may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a vote of the majority of
the whole Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office may be filled
by the Board of Directors.

    (c)   SALARIES.  The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors or a Committee thereof from time to time.

                                         -11-

<PAGE>

SECTION 2.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

    The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be a chairman, shall
preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall
have such other power and authority as may from time to time be assigned by the
Board of Directors.

SECTION 3.    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

    The Chief Executive Officer shall be the senior executive officer of the
Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board
of Directors (if a Chairman of the Board has not been elected) and shall see
that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into
effect.  Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the
Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the general and
active management of the business of the Corporation, may execute all contracts
and any mortgages, conveyances or other legal instruments in the name of and on
behalf of the Corporation, but this provision shall not prohibit the delegation
of such powers by the Board of Directors to some other officer, agent or
attorney-in-fact of the Corporation.

SECTION 4.    PRESIDENT.

    In the event the Corporation does not appoint a Chief Executive Officer,
the President shall assume all of the duties and responsibilities of the Chief
Executive Officer, subject to the provisions of the Bylaws and the direction of
the Board of Directors.  In all other respects, the President shall be the chief
operating officer of the Corporation, responsible for the day to day operation
of the Corporation and other functions as may be delegated by the Board of
Directors or Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 5.     VICE PRESIDENTS.

    In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and President,
the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors,
or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall
perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and President, and when so
acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions
upon, the Chief Executive Officer and President.  The Vice Presidents shall have
such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.   

SECTION 6.       SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.

    The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded, in books provided for
the purpose, minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors
and all committees of the Board of Directors; see that all notices are duly
given in accordance with the provisions of these 

                                         -12-

<PAGE>


Bylaws as required by law; be custodian of all corporate records (other than
financial) and of the seal of the Corporation, and have authority to affix the
seal to all documents requiring it and attest to the same; give, or cause to be
given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the
Board of Directors; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the
Office of Secretary and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned
to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer or President.
At the request of the Secretary, or in the Secretary's absence or disability,
any Assistant Secretary shall perform any of the duties of the Secretary and,
when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon, the Secretary.

SECTION 7.       TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS.

    The Treasurer shall be the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, and
shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation and shall
render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and
as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or
President.  The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall
have custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit
all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the
Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.
He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements.  The Treasurer shall
perform all other duties commonly incident to his office and shall perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief
Executive Officer or President shall designate from time to time.  At the
request of the Treasurer, or in the Treasurer's absence or disability, any
Assistant Treasurer may perform any of the duties of the Treasurer and, when so
acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions
upon, the Treasurer.  Except where by law the signature of the Treasurer is
required, each of the Assistant Treasurers shall possess the same power as the
Treasurer to sign all certificates, contracts, obligations and other instruments
of the Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE V

                            INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 1.      ACTIONS AGAINST DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by, and in the
manner permissible under, the laws of the State of Delaware any person made, or
threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal,
civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person
or such person's testator or intestate is or has a director or officer of the
Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or served any other
enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any
predecessor of the Corporation.

                                         -13-

<PAGE>

SECTION 2.       CONTRACT.

    The provisions of Section 1 of this Article V shall be deemed to be a
contract between the Corporation and each director and officer who serves in
such capacity at any time while such Bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or
modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing
with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action,
suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter based in whole or in part upon any
such state of facts.

SECTION 3.       NON-EXCLUSIVITY.

    The rights of indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any director or officer of the
Corporation may be entitled apart from the provisions of this Article V.

SECTION 4.       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

    The Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of
the Corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director or officer, made
a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person
or such person's testator or intestate, is or was an employee or agent of the
Corporation.

SECTION 5.       INSURANCE.

    Upon a resolution or resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by
him in any capacity, or arising out of his capacity as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability
under the provisions of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws.   

                                      ARTICLE VI

                      CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1.       CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

    Unless otherwise provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors, the
shares of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate.  The
certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered
in the books of the Corporation as they are issued.  They shall exhibit the
Holder's name and number of shares and shall be signed by or in the name of the
Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, 
                                         -14-

<PAGE>

President or any Vice President and (b) the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.  Any or all of the signatures on a
certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer of the Corporation transfer
agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed
upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nevertheless
be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issuance.

SECTION 2.       CLASSES OF STOCK.

    (a)   If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class
of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations,
preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each
class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations, or
restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as
otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the
face or back of the certificate a statement that the Corporation will furnish
without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations,
preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each
class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences or rights.

    (b)   Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of
uncertified stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a
written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on
certificates pursuant to applicable law (including Sections 151, 156, 202(a), or
218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) or a statement
that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

SECTION 3.       TRANSFER.

    Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation
of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the
Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel
the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.  Upon receipt of
proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares
such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent
uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person
entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the
Corporation.


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

SECTION 4.       RECORD OWNER.

    The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any
share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof, and, accordingly, shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of
Delaware.

SECTION 5.       LOST CERTIFICATES.

    The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or
uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Board
of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
thereof require the owner of such lost, stolen or certificate or certificates,
or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board
of Directors shall require and to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it
may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed.
                                           
                                     ARTICLE VII

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1.       RECORD DATE.

    (a)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days prior to the date of
such meeting nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  If not fixed
by the Board of Directors, the record date shall be determined as provided by
law.

    (b)   A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournments of the
meeting, unless the Board of Directors files a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

    (c)   Holders of stock on the record date are entitled to notice and to
vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights or to
exercise the rights, as the case may be, 

                                         -16-

<PAGE>


notwithstanding any transfer of the shares on the books of the Corporation after
the record date, except as otherwise provided by agreement or by law, the
certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

SECTION 2.       EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS.

    The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and
designate the signatory officer or officers, or other persons, to execute any
corporate instrument or document or to sign the corporate name without
limitation, except where otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws.  Such designation may be general or confined to
specific instances.

SECTION 3.       VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION.

    All stock and other securities of other corporations held by the
Corporation shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be
executed, by the person so authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors,
or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chief Executive Officer or
President.

SECTION 4.       CORPORATE SEAL.

    The Corporation shall have a corporate seal in such form as shall be
prescribed and adopted by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5.       CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.

    Unless the contest requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of
construction and definitions in the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware and the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern the construction of
these Bylaws.

SECTION 6.       AMENDMENTS.

    Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these
Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any annual meeting
of the stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that
purpose) by a majority vote of the shares represented and entitled to vote
thereat; provided, that in the notice of any such meeting, notice of such
purpose shall be given.  Subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, the
Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may by
majority vote of the whole Board of Directors amend these Bylaws, or enact such
other Bylaws as in their judgment may be advisable for the regulation of the
conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

                                         -17-



<PAGE>

COMMON STOCK                                                  COMMON STOCK
 NUMBER                                                          SHARES
 DL

                       [LOGO]    DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE


INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                 SEE REVERSE FOR    
 OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE                                 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS  

                                                          CUSIP 253855 10 0


THIS CERTIFIES THAT



                                       SPECIMEN


IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF 


FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $.0001 PAR VALUE, OF


                                   DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized 
attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This 
Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer 
Agent and Registrar.

   WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures 
of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:
                          [SEAL of Digital Lightwave, Inc.]

 
          SPECIMEN                                              SPECIMEN

          SECRETARY                                    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                        CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
     TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


BY

           AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

<PAGE>

    The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so 
requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, 
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the 
Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or 
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Such requests shall be made to
the Corporation's Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on 
the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they 
were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <S>
TEN COM  --   as tenants in common             UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ________ Custodian _________
                                                                      (Cust)             (Minor)
TEN ENT  --   as tenants by the entireties                          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
JT TEN   --   as joint tenants with right of                        Act_________________________
              survivorship and not as tenants                                  (State)
              in common                        
                                               UNIF TRF MIN ACT  -- ______ Custodian (until age_____)
                                                                     (Cust)
                                                                    ______  under Uniform Transfers
                                                                     (Minor) 
                                                                     to Minors Act __________________
                                                                                      (State)
</TABLE>

                     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the
                     above list.


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto



PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 ---------------------------------
|                                 |
|                                 |
 ---------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF 
 ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint 
                                                                        Attorney
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with 
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated
       -------------------------

                                   X
                                     ------------------------------------------

                                   X
                                     ------------------------------------------

                            NOTICE:  THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST 
                                     CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN 
                                     UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
                                     PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR 
                                     ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.


Signature(s) Guaranteed:






BY
  -----------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROCKERS, SAVINGS
AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH 
MEMBERSHIPS IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 
MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.





<PAGE>
                             THE DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.

                                1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


    1.   PURPOSE.

         The DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC. 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide to officers, directors, key employees and consultants of the
corporation an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the corporation,
to encourage such key individuals to remain in the employ of or to contract with
the corporation, and to attract and retain new employees, consultants, and
directors with outstanding qualifications.  Pursuant to the Plan, the
corporation may grant to officers, directors, consultants, and key employees of
the corporation options to purchase shares of common stock of the corporation
upon such terms and conditions as provided herein.

    2.   DEFINITIONS.

              "AFFILIATE" shall mean any corporation (other than the
Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations that includes the Corporation
if each of such corporations, other than the last corporation in the chain, owns
at least 50% of the total voting power of one of the other corporations.

         (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         (b)  "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (c)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean the committee appointed by the Board to
administer the Plan, or if no such committee is appointed, the Board.

         (d)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the voting common stock of the
Corporation.

         (e)  "CONSULTANT" shall mean any person who, or any employee of any
firm which, is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting
services and is compensated for such consulting services, and any non-employee
director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

         (f)  "CORPORATION" shall mean DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC., a Delaware
corporation.

         (g)  "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean March 5, 1996.

         (h)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is employed, within the
meaning of Section 3401 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, by the
Corporation or by any Affiliate.  For purposes of the Plan and only for purposes
of the Plan, and in regard to 


<PAGE>

Nonstatutory Stock Options but not for Incentive Stock Options, a Consultant or
director of the Corporation or any Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Employee,
and service as a Consultant or director with the Corporation or any Affiliate
shall be deemed to be employment, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted
to a Consultant or director who is not an employee of the Corporation or any
Affiliate within the meaning of Section 3401 of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.  In the case of a non-employee director or Consultant, the
provisions governing when a termination of employment has occurred for purposes
of the Plan shall be set forth in the written stock option agreement between the
Optionee and the Corporation, or, if not so set forth, the Committee shall have
the discretion to determine when a termination of "employment" has occurred for
purposes of the Plan.

         (i)  "ESCROW AGENT" shall mean the person selected by the Corporation,
if any, to hold the stock certificates representing Shares issued in the name of
an Optionee pursuant to such Optionee's exercise of an Option.

         (j)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         (k)  "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the price per Share at which an
Option may be exercised, as determined by the Committee and as specified in the
Optionee's stock option agreement.

         (l)  "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean the value of each Share as
determined by the Board.

         (m)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option of the type
described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

         (n)  "JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS" shall mean joint escrow instructions
entered into between Optionee and the Corporation in such form as may be
approved by the Committee from time to time.

         (o)  "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" shall mean an Option of the type not
described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

         (p)  "OPTION" shall mean an option to purchase Common Stock granted
pursuant to the Plan.

         (q)  "OPTIONEE" shall mean any person who holds an Option pursuant to
the Plan.

         (r)  "PLAN" shall mean this stock option plan as it may be amended
from time to time.


                                          2

<PAGE>

         (s)  "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean at any particular time the Exercise
Price times the number of Shares for which an Option is being exercised.

         (t)  "SHARE" shall mean one share of authorized Common Stock.

    3.   ADMINISTRATION.

         (a)  THE COMMITTEE.

              (i)  The Board may administer the Plan or appoint a Committee to
administer the Plan.  The Committee shall consist of not less than two members
who may also be members of the Board.  Members of the Board or the Committee who
are either eligible for Options or have been granted Options may vote on any
matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Options
pursuant to the Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of
an Option to himself or herself, but any such member may be counted in
determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Committee and shall
be excluded in determining unanimity of an act in writing, for any action which
is taken with respect to the granting of an Option to such member.

              (ii)  If the Corporation registers any class of any equity
security pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, from the effective date of
such registration until six months after the termination of such registration,
the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of directors which shall consist
of not less than two members, who during the one year prior to service as an
administrator of the Plan, shall not have been granted or awarded equity
securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Corporation or any of
its Affiliates except as permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act which
provides that participation in a formula plan meeting the conditions of Rule
16(b)(3)(c)(2)(ii) or in an ongoing securities acquisition plan meeting the
conditions in Rule 16(b)(3)(d)(2)(i) shall not disqualify a member of the
Committee from serving as an administrator of the Plan.  In addition, an
election to receive an annual retainer fee in either cash or an equivalent
amount of securities, or partly in cash and partly in securities, shall not
disqualify a member of the Committee from serving as an administrator of the
Plan.

         The Board may from time to time designate individuals as ineligible to
participate in the Plan for a specified period in order to become eligible to be
a member of the Committee.

         (b)  POWERS OF THE COMMITTEE.

         Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the
authority, in its discretion and on behalf of the Corporation:

              (i)  to grant Options;

                                          3

<PAGE>

              (ii)  to determine the Exercise Price per Share of Options to be
granted;

              (iii)  to determine the Employees to whom, and the time or times
at which, Options shall be granted and the number of Shares for which an Option
will be exercisable;

              (iv)  to interpret the Plan;

              (v)  to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan;

              (vi)  to determine the terms and provisions of each Option
granted and, with the consent of the holder thereof, modify or amend each
Option;

              (vii) to accelerate or defer, with the consent of the Optionee,
the exercise date of any Option;

              (viii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the
Corporation any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option
previously granted by the Committee;

              (ix)  with the consent of the Optionee, to reprice, cancel and
regrant, or otherwise adjust the Exercise Price of an Option previously granted
by the Committee; and

              (x)  to make all other determinations deemed necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan.

         (c)  BOARD'S DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE.

              The Board shall have the authority to determine, upon review of
relevant information, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, subject to the
provisions of the Plan and irrespective of whether the Board has appointed a
Committee to administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate this authority to the
Committee.

         (d)  COMMITTEE'S INTERPRETATION OF THE PLAN.

              The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any
provision of the Plan or of any Option granted hereunder shall be final and
binding on all parties claiming an interest in an Option granted under the Plan.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made
in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option.

                                          4

<PAGE>

         (e)  ALL COMMITTEE ACTIONS TO BE IN WRITING.

              Any and all actions of the Committee taken in exercise of the
powers granted to it in this Section 3 shall be in writing.

    4.   PARTICIPATION.

         (a)  ELIGIBILITY.

              The Optionees shall be such persons as the Committee may select
from among the Employees, provided that Consultants are not eligible to receive
Incentive Stock Options.

         (b)  TEN PERCENT SHAREHOLDERS.

              Any Employee who owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Corporation or
any Affiliate shall not be eligible to receive an Option unless:

              (i)  the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to such Option when
granted is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and

              (ii)  such Option by its terms is not exercisable after the
expiration of five years from the date of grant.

         (c)  STOCK OWNERSHIP.

              For purposes of Section 4(b), in determining stock ownership, an
Employee shall be considered as owning the stock owned, directly or indirectly,
by or for his or her brothers and sisters, spouse, ancestors, and lineal
descendants.  Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation,
partnership, estate, or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately
by or for its shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries, respectively.  Stock
with respect to which such Employee or any other person holds an Option shall be
disregarded.

         (d)  OUTSTANDING STOCK.

              For purposes of Section 4(b), the term "outstanding stock" shall
include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant of
the Option to the Optionee but shall not include any share for which an Option
is exercisable by any person.

                                          5

<PAGE>


    5.   SHARES.

         (a)  SHARES SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN.

              The aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise
of Options under the Plan shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9 hereof.  Notwithstanding the
adjustment provisions set forth in Section 9 hereof, the reverse stock split
approved by the Board of Directors and the majority stockholder of the
Corporation on 0ctober 31, 1996, shall not reduce the 5,000,000 Shares which may
be issued upon exercise of Options under the Plan as set forth in this
subsection (a).

         (b)  OPTIONS NOT TO EXCEED SHARES AVAILABLE.

              The number of Shares for which an Option is exercisable at any
time shall not exceed the number of Shares remaining available for issuance
under the Plan.  If any Option expires or is terminated, the number of Shares
for which such Option was exercisable may be made exercisable pursuant to other
Options under the Plan.  If the Corporation reacquires any Shares pursuant to
Sections 11 or 12, hereof, such Shares may again be made exercisable pursuant to
an Option.  The limitations established by this Section 5(b) shall be subject to
adjustment in the manner provided in Section 9 hereof upon the occurrence of an
event specified therein.

    6.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

         (a)  STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS.

              Options shall be evidenced by written stock option agreements
between the Optionee and the Corporation in such form as the Committee shall
from time to time determine.  No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and
binding obligation of the Corporation unless so evidenced in writing.

         (b)  NUMBER OF SHARES.

              Each stock option agreement shall state the number of Shares for
which the Option is exercisable and shall provide for the adjustment thereof in
accordance with Section 9 hereof.

         (c)  VESTING.

              An Optionee may not exercise his or her Option for any Shares
until the Option, in regard to such Shares, has vested.  Each stock option
agreement shall include a vesting schedule which shall show when the Option
becomes exercisable provided, each Option shall vest at a rate of at least
twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years with 

                                          6

<PAGE>

the first 20% becoming exercisable on the first anniversary of the date the
Options were granted.  The vesting schedule shall not impose upon the
Corporation or any Affiliate any obligation to retain the Optionee in its employ
or under contract for any period or otherwise change the employment-at-will
status of an Optionee who is an employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate.

         (d)  LAPSE OF OPTIONS.

              Each stock option agreement shall state the time or times when
the Option covered thereby lapses and becomes unexercisable in part or in full. 
An Option shall lapse on the earliest of the following events (unless otherwise
determined by the Committee and reflected in an option agreement):

              (i)  The tenth anniversary of the date of granting the Option;

              (ii)  The first anniversary of the Optionee's death;

              (iii)  The first anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to
be an Employee due to total and permanent disability; 

              (iv)   On the date provided in Section 6(h)(i), unless with
respect to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the Committee otherwise extends such
period before the applicable expiration date;

              (v)  On the date provided in Section 9 for a transaction
described in such Section;

              (vi)  The date the Optionee files or has filed against him or her
a petition in bankruptcy; or

              (vii)  The expiration date specified in an Optionee's stock
option agreement.

         (e)  EXERCISE PRICE.

              Each stock option agreement shall state the Exercise Price for
the Shares for which the Option is exercisable.  Subject to Section 4(b), the
Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option and a Nonstatutory Stock Option
shall, when granted, be not less than 100% and 85% of the Fair Market Value of
the Shares for which the Option is exercisable, respectively, and not less than
the par value of the Shares.


                                          7

<PAGE>

         (f)  MEDIUM AND TIME OF PAYMENT.

              The Purchase Price shall be payable in full in cash upon the
exercise of an Option but the Committee may allow the Optionee to pay the
Purchase Price:

              (i)  by surrendering Shares in good form for transfer, owned by
the Optionee and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the
Purchase Price;

              (ii)  by delivery of a full recourse promissory note ("Note")
made by the Optionee in the amount of the Purchase Price, bearing interest,
compounded semiannually, at a rate not less than the rate determined under
Section 7872 of the Code to insure that no "foregone interest", as defined in
such section, will accrue, together with the delivery of a duly executed
standard form security agreement securing the Note by a pledge of the Shares
purchased; or

              (iii)  in any combination of such consideration or such other
consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent
permitted under applicable law as long as the sum of the cash so paid, the Fair
Market Value of the Shares so surrendered, and the amount of any Note equals the
Purchase Price.

              The Committee or a stock option agreement may prescribe
requirements with respect to the exercise of Options, including the submission
by the Optionee of such forms and documents as the Committee may require and,
the delivery by the Optionee of cash sufficient to satisfy applicable
withholding requirements.  The Committee may vary the exercise requirements and
procedures from time to time to facilitate, for example, the broker-assisted
exercise of Options.

         (g)  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

              During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Option shall be
exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's conservator or legal
representative and shall not be assignable or transferable except pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code.  In the event of the
Optionee's death, the Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

         (h)  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OTHER THAN BY DEATH OR DISABILITY.

              (i)  If an Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other
than his or her death or disability, the Optionee shall have the right, subject
to the provisions of this Section 6, to exercise any Option held by the Optionee
at any time within thirty (30) days after his or her termination of employment,
but not beyond the otherwise applicable term of the Option and only to the
extent that on such date of termination of employment the Optionee's right to
exercise such Option had vested.


                                          8

<PAGE>

              (ii)  For purposes of this Section 6(h), the employment
relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the Optionee is an
active employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, or is on military leave,
sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence to be determined in the sole
discretion of the Committee.  The preceding sentence notwithstanding, in the
case of an Incentive Stock Option, employment shall be deemed to terminate on
the date the Optionee ceases active employment with the Corporation or any
Affiliate, unless the Optionee's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute
or contract.

         (i)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE.

              If an Optionee dies while an Employee, or after ceasing to be an
Employee but during the period while he or she could have exercised an Option
under Section 6(h), any Option granted to the Optionee may be exercised, to the
extent it had vested at the time of death and subject to the Plan, at any time
within 12 months after the Optionee's death, by the executors or administrators
of his or her estate or by any person or persons who acquire the Option by will
or the laws of descent and distribution, but not beyond the otherwise applicable
term of the Option.

         (j)  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.

              If an Optionee ceases to be an Employee due to becoming totally
and permanently disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, any
Option granted to the Optionee may be exercised to the extent it had vested at
the time of cessation and, subject to the Plan, at any time within 12 months
after the Optionee's termination of employment, but not beyond the otherwise
applicable term of the Option.

         (k)  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.

              An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights
as a shareholder of the Corporation with respect to any Shares for which his or
her Option is exercisable until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate
for such Shares.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends, ordinary or
extraordinary or whether in currency, securities, or other property,
distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date
such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9 hereof.

         (l)  MODIFICATION, EXTENSION, AND RENEWAL OF OPTIONS.

              Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify,
extend or renew outstanding Options or accept the cancellation of outstanding
Options for the granting of new Options in substitution therefor. 
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no modification of an Option shall,
without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair any rights or obligations
under any Option previously granted.


                                          9

<PAGE>

         (m)  OTHER PROVISIONS.

              The stock option agreements authorized under the Plan may contain
such other provisions which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan,
including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Option, as
the Committee shall deem advisable.  
              Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a stock option
agreement under the Plan may provide for accelerated vesting upon specified
corporate events (e.g., events specified in Section 9 hereof) or for waiver of
the option termination provision of Section 9(c) hereof, but in no event may an
option term be extended beyond the date indicated in Section 8.

    7.   $100,000 PER YEAR LIMITATION ON VESTING OF ISOS.

         In accordance with section 422(d) of the Code, to the extent that the
Fair Market Value of Shares (determined for each Share as of the date of grant
of the Option covering such Share) subject to Options granted under this Plan
(or any other plan of the Corporation or any Affiliate) which are designated as
Incentive Stock Options and which become exercisable by an Optionee for the
first time during a single calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option(s) (or
portion thereof) covering such Shares shall be recharacterized (to the extent of
such excess over $100,000) as a Nonstatutory Stock Option(s).  In determining
which Option(s) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options under the
preceding sentence, the Options shall be taken into account in the order
granted, with the result that a later granted Option shall be recharacterized as
a Nonstatutory Stock Option prior to such recharacterization of a previously
granted Option.

    8.   TERM OF PLAN.

         Options may be granted pursuant to the Plan until ten years following
the Effective Date, and all Options which are outstanding on such date shall
remain in effect until they are exercised or expire by their terms.  The Plan
shall expire for all purposes on the date 20 years following the Effective Date.

    9.   RECAPITALIZATION, TAKEOVERS, AND LIQUIDATIONS.

         (a)  REORGANIZATIONS.

              The number of Shares covered by the Plan, as provided in
Section 5 hereof, and the number of Shares for which each Option is exercisable 
shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued Shares resulting from the payment of a Common Stock dividend, a stock
split, a reverse stock split, a stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or
reclassification of the Corporation's stock or any other event which results in
an increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt
of consideration by the Corporation, and the Exercise Price shall be
proportionately increased in the event the number of Shares subject to such
Option are decreased and shall be proportionately 

                                          10

<PAGE>

decreased in the event the number of Shares subject to such Option are
increased.  For the purposes of this paragraph, conversion of any convertible
securities of the Corporation shall not be deemed to have been "effected without
receipt of consideration."  Adjustments shall be made by the Board, whose
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as
expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Corporation of shares of stock of
any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number or price of shares subject to an Option.

         (b)  LIQUIDATION.

              In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the
Corporation, each Option shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation
of such action.  The Committee shall notify the Optionee not less than fifteen
(15) days prior to the proposed consummation of a pending dissolution or
liquidation, and the Option shall be exercisable as to all Shares which are
vested prior to expiration until immediately prior to the consummation of such
action.

         (c)  MERGER.

              Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Optionee's stock
option agreement, in the event of (i) a proposed merger of the Corporation with
or into another corporation, as a result of which the Corporation is not the
surviving corporation and (ii) the Option is not assumed or an equivalent option
substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the
successor corporation, then in such case each Option shall terminate immediately
prior to the consummation of such transaction.  The Committee shall notify the
Optionee not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed consummation of
such transaction, and the Option shall be exercisable as to all Shares which are
vested prior to expiration and until immediately prior to the consummation of
such transaction.

         (d)  DETERMINATION BY COMMITTEE.

              All adjustments described in this Section 9 shall be made by the
Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

         (e)  LIMITATION ON RIGHTS OF OPTIONEE.

              Except as expressly provided in this Section 9, no Optionee shall
have any rights by reason of any payment of any stock dividend, stock split or
reverse stock split or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of
stock of any class, or by reason of any reorganization, consolidation,
dissolution, liquidation, merger, exchange, split-up or reverse split-up, or
spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation.  Any issuance by the
Corporation of Shares, Options or securities convertible into Shares or Options
shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect
to, the number or Exercise Price of the Shares for which an Option is
exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation 

                                          11

<PAGE>

shall enter into a transaction affecting the Corporation's capital stock or
distributions to the holders of its capital stock for which a revision in the
terms of each Option is not required pursuant to this Section 9, the Committee
shall have the right, but not the obligation, to revise the terms of each Option
in a manner the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems fair and reasonable
given the transaction involved.  If necessary or appropriate in connection with
such transaction, the Committee may declare that any Option shall terminate as
of a date fixed by the Committee and give each Optionee the right to exercise
his Option in whole or in part, including exercise as to Shares to which the
Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

         (f)  NO RESTRICTION ON RIGHTS OF CORPORATION.

              The grant of an Option shall not affect or restrict in any way
the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications,
reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or
consolidate, or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its
business or assets.

    10.  SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

         (a)  LEGALITY OF ISSUANCE.

              No Share shall be issued upon the exercise of any Option unless
and until the Corporation has determined that:

              (i)  The Corporation and the Optionee have taken all actions
required to exempt the issuance of the Shares from the registration requirements
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or the Corporation and
the Optionee shall determine that the registration requirements of the Act do
not apply to such exercise;

              (ii)  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on
which the Common Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

              (iii)  Any other applicable provision of state or Federal law has
been satisfied.

         (b)  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE; LEGENDS.

              Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares has been
registered under the Act or has been registered or qualified under the
securities laws of any state, the Corporation may impose restrictions upon the
sale, pledge, or other transfer of such Shares, including the placement of
appropriate legends on stock certificates, if, in the judgment of the
Corporation and its counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in
order to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Act, the securities laws
of any state, or any other law.  If the sale of Shares is not registered under
the Act and the Corporation shall determine that the 

                                          12

<PAGE>

registration requirements of the Act apply to such sale, but an exemption is
available which requires an investment representation or other representation,
the Optionee shall be required, as a condition to purchasing Shares by exercise
of his or her Option, to represent that such Shares are being acquired for
investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, except in
compliance with the Act, and to make such other representations as are deemed
necessary or appropriate by the Corporation and its counsel.  Stock certificates
evidencing Shares acquired pursuant to an unregistered transaction to which the
Act applies shall bear a restrictive legend substantially in the following form
and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the
Plan or the provisions of any applicable law:

    "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
    UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR QUALIFIED
    UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  THESE SHARES HAVE BEEN
    ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN
    CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
    MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN
    EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND/OR QUALIFICATION UNDER ANY
    APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR WITHOUT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
    ACCEPTABLE TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION
    OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED."

The Corporation shall also place legends on stock certificates representing its
right of repurchase under Section 11 hereof and the right of first refusal under
Section 12 hereof.  Any determination by the Corporation and its counsel in
connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be
conclusive and binding on all persons.

         (c)  REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION OF SECURITIES.

              The Corporation may, but shall not be obligated to, register or
qualify the sale of Shares under the Act or any other applicable law.  In
connection with any such registration or qualification, the Corporation shall
provide each Optionee with such information required pursuant to all applicable
laws and regulations.

         (d)  EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.

              If, in the opinion of the Corporation and its counsel, any legend
placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold hereunder is no longer
required, the Optionee or 

                                          13

<PAGE>

the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate
for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but lacking such
legend.

    11.  RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

         (a)  REPURCHASE RIGHT.

              At the Committee's discretion, Shares issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option may be subject to a right, but not an obligation, of
repurchase by the Corporation (the "Right of Repurchase"), at the price
specified in Section 11(b), if the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any
reason ("Employment Termination") at any time after the grant of the Option
pursuant to which such Shares were issued.  Shares issued by the Corporation
shall only be transferable by the Optionee subject to the Right of Repurchase,
and the Corporation shall legend the Right of  Repurchase on the stock
certificates evidencing such Shares and shall take such other steps as it deems
necessary to ensure compliance with this restriction.  The Corporation's rights
under this Section 11(a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

         (b)  REPURCHASE PRICE.

              The price per Share at which the Corporation may exercise the
Right of Repurchase under Section 11(a) (the "Repurchase Price") shall be the
higher of the Exercise Price of each Share as paid by the Optionee, or Fair
Market Value of the Shares on the date the Corporation sends the notice to the
Optionee of its exercise of its Right of Repurchase pursuant to Section 11(a).

         (c)  REPURCHASE PROCEDURE.

              The Corporation may exercise its Right of Repurchase by sending a
written notice to the Optionee and to the Escrow Agent, if any, of its taking
such action and specifying the number of Shares being repurchased.  The
Corporation's Right of Repurchase shall terminate if not exercised by written
notice from the Corporation to the Optionee within ninety (90) days of the date
on which the Corporation learns of the Employment Termination or the last date
any Option granted to such Optionee is exercised, which ever is later.  If the
Corporation exercises its Right of Repurchase, the Optionee, or if applicable,
the Escrow Agent, shall deliver to the Corporation every stock certificate
representing the Shares being repurchased, together with appropriate Assignments
Separate from Certificates, and the Corporation shall then promptly pay the
total Repurchase Price in cash to the Optionee, or if applicable, to the Escrow
Agent, for delivery to the Optionee.

         (d)  ELECTION TO DEFER PURCHASE OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION SHARES.

              (i)  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 11,
an Optionee whose Shares were issued pursuant to an Incentive Stock Option may
elect to defer the 

                                          14

<PAGE>

Corporation's repurchase of such Shares pursuant to this Section 11 until the
holding period requirements of Section 422(a) of the Code are met.  Such
election shall be in writing in such form as the Committee may require and shall
be delivered to the Corporation and to the Escrow Agent by certified mail no
later than seven (7) days after the date on which the Optionee receives notice
that the Corporation elects to exercise its Right of Repurchase.  Such election
shall pertain to all such Shares issued to the Optionee and shall be
irrevocable.

              (ii)  With respect to an Optionee who makes the election
described in subsection 11(d)(i), the Corporation shall repurchase such Shares
on or before the date which is ninety (90) days following the earlier of the
date on which the Optionee dies or the date on which the holding period
requirements of Section 422(a) of the Code are met.  The Repurchase Price of
each such Share determined under Section 11(b) shall be calculated by
substituting for the Optionee's Employment Termination date the earlier of the
date on which the Optionee dies or the date on which such holding period
requirements are met.

         (e)  ESCROW.

              To facilitate the consummation of the Corporation's Right of
Repurchase under this Section 11, at the request of the Committee, the Optionee
and the Corporation shall execute Joint Escrow Instructions and the Optionee
shall deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent named in the Joint Escrow
Instructions two "Assignments Separate from Certificate", together with all
certificates evidencing the Shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee
pursuant to the Plan, duly endorsed in blank.  The Escrow Agent shall hold such
documents and deliver the same to the Corporation pursuant to the Joint Escrow
Instructions and in accordance with the terms of this Section 11, as applicable.

         (f)  BINDING EFFECT.

              The Corporation's Right of Repurchase shall inure to the benefit
of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any representative,
executor, administrator, heir, or legatee of the Optionee.

         (g)  PAYMENT OF NET AMOUNT OWING.

              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the
Corporation determines to exercise its rights of repurchase pursuant to this
Section before any Shares have been issued as a result of an exercise of an
Option, in lieu of issuing any Shares, the Corporation shall have the right, but
not the obligation, to pay to the Optionee the net amount owing to the Optionee.


                                          15

<PAGE>

         (h)  TERMINATION OR RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

              Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, in the
event that the Common Stock is listed on any United States securities exchange
or traded on any formal over-the-counter market in general use in the United
States at the time the Optionee would otherwise be required to transfer his or
her Shares, the Corporation shall no longer have the Right of Repurchase, and
the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with this Section 11.

    12.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

         (a)  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

              At the Committee's discretion, shares issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option may be subject to a requirement that if an Optionee
proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Shares acquired pursuant to
exercise of an Option, or any interest in such Shares, to any person or entity,
the Corporation shall have a right of first refusal (the "Right of First
Refusal") with respect to such Shares.  Any Optionee desiring to transfer Shares
subject to the Right of First Refusal shall give a written notice (the "Transfer
Notice") to the Corporation describing fully the proposed transfer, including
the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price,
and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall
be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed transferee and must
constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. 
The Corporation shall have the right to purchase the Shares subject to the
Transfer Notice on the terms of the proposal referred to in the Transfer Notice,
subject to any change in such terms permitted under Section 12(b) hereof, by
delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days
after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Corporation.  The
Corporation's rights under this Section 12(a) shall be freely assignable, in
whole or in part.

         (b)  TRANSFER OF SHARES.

              If the Corporation fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal
within 30 days after the date on which it receives the Transfer Notice, the
Optionee may, not later than six months following receipt of the Transfer Notice
by the Corporation, consummate a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer
Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any
proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the
Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee,
shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall again require
compliance with the procedure described in Section 12(a).  If the Corporation
exercises its Right of First Refusal, the Optionee shall immediately endorse and
deliver to the Corporation every stock certificate representing the Shares being
purchased, and the Corporation shall then promptly pay the purchase price in
accordance with the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice.

                                          16

<PAGE>


         (c)  REPURCHASE PAYMENT.

              The amount payable to an Optionee pursuant to the Corporation's
exercise of the Right of First Refusal shall be paid to the Optionee in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transfer Notice or may, at the
election of the Corporation, be paid in full in cash.

         (d)  BINDING EFFECT.

              The Corporation's Right of First Refusal shall inure to the
benefit of its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon any transferee
of the Shares, other than a transferee acquiring Shares in a transaction with
respect to which the Corporation failed to exercise its Right of First Refusal
(a "Free Transferee") or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

         (e)  TERMINATION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

              Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12, if the
Common Stock is listed on any United States securities exchange or traded on any
formal over-the-counter market in general use in the United States at the time
the Optionee desires to transfer his or her Shares, the Corporation shall no
longer have the Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no
obligation to comply with this Section 12.

    13.  EXERCISE OF UNVESTED OPTIONS.

         The Committee may grant any Optionee the right to exercise any Option
prior to the complete vesting of such Option.  Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the Committee may provide that if an Option is exercised prior
to having completely vested, the Shares issued upon such exercise shall remain
subject to vesting at the same rate as under the Option so exercised and shall
be subject to a right, but not an obligation, of repurchase by the Corporation
with respect to all unvested Shares if the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for
any reason.  For the purposes of facilitating the enforcement of any such right
of repurchase, at the request of the Committee, the Optionee shall enter into
the Joint Escrow Instructions with the Corporation and deliver every certificate
for his or her unvested Shares with a stock power executed in blank by the
Optionee and by the Optionee's spouse, if required for transfer.

    14.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

         The Board or the Committee may, from time to time, terminate, suspend
or discontinue the Plan, in whole or in part, or revise or amend it in any
respect whatsoever including, but not limited to, the adoption of any
amendment(s) deemed necessary or advisable to qualify the Options under rules
and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission with
respect to Employees who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to correct any defect or supply
any omission or 

                                          17

<PAGE>


reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder,
without approval of the shareholders of the Corporation, but without the
approval of the Corporation's shareholders, no such revision or amendment shall:

              (i)  Increase the number of Shares subject to the Plan, other
than any increase pursuant to Section 9;

              (ii)  Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan;

              (iii)  Materially increase the benefits accruing to Optionees
under the Plan;

              (iv)  Extend the term of the Plan; or

              (v)  Amend this Section 14 to defeat its purpose.

No amendment, termination or modification of the Plan shall affect any Option
theretofore granted in any material adverse way without the consent of the
Optionee.

    15.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

         The proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of Common Stock
pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be used for general corporate
purposes.

    16.  APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS.

         The Plan shall be subject to approval by the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of all classes of the outstanding shares present and
entitled to vote at the first meeting of shareholders of the Corporation
following the adoption of the Plan or by written consent, and in no event later
than one (1) year following the Effective Date.  Prior to such approval, Options
may be granted but shall not be exercisable.  Any amendment described in
Section 14 (i) to (iv) shall also be subject to approval by the Corporation's
shareholders.

    17.  WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.

         In the event the Corporation or an Affiliate determines that it is
required to withhold Federal, state, or local taxes in connection with the
exercise of an Option or the disposition of Shares issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option, the Optionee or any person succeeding to the rights of
the Optionee, as a condition to such exercise or disposition, may be required to
make arrangements satisfactory to the Corporation or the Affiliate to enable it
to satisfy such withholding requirements.  Alternatively, the Corporation may
issue or transfer Shares net of the number of Shares sufficient to satisfy
withholding tax requirements.  For 

                                          18

<PAGE>

withholding tax purposes, the Shares will be valued on the date the withholding
obligation is incurred.

    18.  RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE.

         Neither the Plan nor any Option granted pursuant thereto shall be
construed to give any person the right to remain in the employ of the
Corporation or any Affiliate, or to affect the right of the Corporation or any
Affiliate to terminate such individual's employment at any time with or without
cause.  The grant of an Option shall not entitle the Optionee to, or disqualify
the Optionee from, participation in the grant of any other Option under the Plan
or participation in any other benefit plan maintained by the Corporation or any
Affiliate.

    19.  DISAVOWAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS OR CREATION OF IMPLIED
         RIGHTS.

         In adopting and maintaining this Plan and granting options hereunder,
neither the Corporation nor any Affiliate makes any representations or
undertakings with respect to the initial qualification or treatment of Options
under federal or state tax or securities laws.  The Corporation and each
Affiliate expressly disavows the creation of any rights in Employees, Optionees,
or beneficiaries of any obligations on the part of the Corporation, any
Affiliate or the Committee, except as expressly provided herein.
    
    20.  INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

         Copies of the Plan, records reflecting each Optionee's Option, and any
other documents and records which an Optionee is entitled by law to inspect
shall be open to inspection by the Optionee and his or her duly authorized
representative at the office of the Committee at any reasonable business hour.

    21.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES.

         Each Optionee shall be provided with such information regarding the
Corporation as the Committee from time to time deems necessary or appropriate;
provided however, that each Optionee shall at all times be provided with such
information as is required to be provided from time to time pursuant to
applicable regulatory requirements, including, but not limited to, any
applicable requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and other
state securities agencies.

                                          19

<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


    THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR
    OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH
    ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS
    COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.


                         NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

    This Stock Option Agreement is made and entered into this _____ day of ____ 
_______, 1996, pursuant to the DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC. 1996 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan").  The Committee administering the Plan has selected ______________
("the Optionee") to receive the following grant of a nonstatutory stock option
("Stock Option") to purchase shares of the common stock of DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE,
INC. (the "Corporation"), on the terms and conditions set forth below to which
Optionee accepts and agrees:

    1.   Stock Options Granted:

              Number of Shares Subject to Option    _______________
              Date of Grant                         _______________
              Vesting Commencement Date             _______________
              Exercise Price Per Share              _______________
              Expiration Date                       _______________

    2.   The Stock Option is granted pursuant to the Plan to purchase the
number of shares of authorized but unissued common stock of the Corporation
specified in Section 1 hereof (the "Shares").  The Stock Option shall expire,
and all rights to exercise it shall terminate on the Expiration Date, except
that the Stock Option may expire earlier as provided in the Plan.  The number of
Shares subject to the Stock Option granted hereunder shall be adjusted as
provided in the Plan. This Stock Option is intended by the Corporation and the
Optionee to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and does not qualify for any special
tax benefits to the Optionee and is not subject to Section 7 of the Plan.

    3.   The Stock Option shall be exercisable in all respects in accordance
with the terms of the Plan which are incorporated herein by this reference. 
Optionee acknowledges having received and read a copy of the Plan.  All Shares
of the Corporation's common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of this Stock
Option shall be subject to the Corporation's Right of Repurchase and Right of
First Refusal as set forth in Sections 11 and 12 of the Plan.

                                          20

<PAGE>

    4.   Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Stock Option in
accordance with the following schedule:

         (a)  The Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part at any
time prior to the end of the first full calendar year following the Vesting
Commencement Date.

         (b)  Optionee may exercise the Stock Option as to 20% of the Shares at
the end of the first full calendar year following the Vesting Commencement Date.

         (c)  Optionee may exercise the Stock Option as to an additional 20% of
the Shares at the end of each full calendar year thereafter following the
Vesting Commencement Date.

         (d)  The right to exercise the Stock Option shall be cumulative. 
Optionee may buy all, or from time to time any part, of the maximum number of
Shares which are exercisable under the Stock Option, but in no case may Optionee
exercise the Stock Option with regard to a fraction of a Share, or for any share
for which the Stock Option is not exercisable.

    5.   The Optionee agrees to comply with all laws, rules, and regulations
applicable to the grant and exercise of the Stock Option and the sale or other
disposition of the common stock of the Corporation received pursuant to the
exercise of such Stock Option.

    6.   The Stock Option is conditioned upon the Optionee's representation,
which Optionee hereby confirms as of the date of this Agreement and which
Optionee must confirm as of the date of any exercise of all or any part of the
Stock Option, that:

         (a)  Optionee understands that both this Stock Option and any shares
purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance of which require
compliance with state and Federal securities laws;

         (b)  Optionee understands that neither the Options nor the Shares have
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") in reliance upon a
specific exemption contained in the Act which depends upon Optionee's bona fide
investment intention in acquiring these securities; that Optionee's intention is
to hold these securities for Optionee's own benefit for an indefinite period;
that Optionee has no present intention of selling or transferring any part
thereof (recognizing that the Stock Option is not transferable) and that certain
restrictions may exist on transfer of the Shares issued upon exercise of the
Stock Option;  

                                          21

<PAGE>

         (c)  Optionee understands that the Shares issued upon exercise of this
Stock Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act, or unless an
exemption from registration is available; that Rule 701 and Rule 144, two
exemptions from registration which may be available, are only available after
the satisfaction of certain conditions and require the presence of a U.S. public
market for such Shares; that no certainty exists that a U.S. public market for
the Shares will exist, and that otherwise Optionee may have to sell the Shares
pursuant to another exemption from registration which exemption may be difficult
to satisfy; and 

         (d)  The Corporation shall not be under any obligation to issue any
Shares upon the exercise of this Stock Option unless and until the Corporation
has determined that:  

              (i)  it and Optionee have taken all actions required to register
such Shares under the Securities Act, or to perfect an exemption from the
registration requirements thereof;

              (ii)  any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on
which such Shares are listed has been satisfied; and

              (iii)  all other applicable provisions of state and Federal law
have been satisfied.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Stock
Option Agreement, in the case of the Corporation by its duly authorized officer,
as of the date and year written above.


OPTIONEE                     DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.



By:                               By:                                        

   ---------------------             --------------------------
    (signature)                        (signature)


Its:                         Its:
   ---------------------             --------------------------
    (Type or Print Name)            (Type or Print Name)


Address: 
         --------------

         --------------

         --------------

                                          22

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B



    THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR
    OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH
    ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS
    COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.


                           INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

    This Stock Option Agreement is made and entered into this _____ day
of _____ , 1996, pursuant to the DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC. 1996 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan").  The Committee administering the Plan has selected
_________________ ("the Optionee") to receive the following grant of an
incentive stock option ("Stock Option") to purchase shares of the common stock
of DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC. (the "Corporation"), on the terms and conditions set
forth below to which Optionee accepts and agrees:

    1.   Stock Options Granted:

              Number of Shares Subject to Option   ___________
              Date of Grant                        ___________
              Vesting Commencement Date            ___________
              Exercise Price Per Share             ___________
              Expiration Date                      ___________

    2.   The Stock Option is granted pursuant to the Plan to purchase the
number of shares of authorized but unissued common stock of the Corporation
specified in Section 1 hereof (the "Shares").  The Stock Option shall expire,
and all rights to exercise it shall terminate on the Expiration Date, except
that the Stock Option may expire earlier as provided in the Plan.  The number of
shares subject to the Stock Option granted hereunder shall be adjusted as
provided in the Plan.

    3.   The Stock Option shall be exercisable in all respects in accordance
with the terms of the Plan which are incorporated herein by this reference. 
Optionee acknowledges having received and read a copy of the Plan.  All shares
of the Corporation's common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of this Stock
Option shall be subject to the Corporation's Right of Repurchase and Right of
First Refusal as set forth in Sections 11 and 12 of the Plan.

    4.   Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Stock Option in
accordance with the following schedule:


                                          23

<PAGE>

         (a)  The Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part at any
time prior to the end of the first full calendar year following the Vesting
Commencement Date.

         (b)  Optionee may exercise the Stock Option as to 20% of the Shares at
the end of the first full calendar year following the Vesting Commencement Date.

         (c)  Optionee may exercise the Stock Option as to an additional 20% of
the Shares at the end of each full calendar year thereafter following the
Vesting Commencement Date.

         (d)  The right to exercise the Stock Option shall be cumulative. 
Optionee may buy all, or from time to time any part, of the maximum number of
shares which are exercisable under the Stock Option, but in no case may Optionee
exercise the Stock Option with regard to a fraction of a Share, or for any Share
for which the Stock Option is not exercisable.

    5.   The Optionee agrees to comply with all laws, rules, and regulations
applicable to the grant and exercise of the Stock Option and the sale or other
disposition of the common stock of the Corporation received pursuant to the
exercise of such Stock Option.

    6.   The Stock Option is conditioned upon the Optionee's representation,
which Optionee hereby confirms as of the date of this Agreement and which
Optionee must confirm as of the date of any exercise of all or any part of the
Stock Option, that:

         (a)  Optionee understands that both this Stock Option and any Shares
purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance of which require
compliance with state and Federal securities laws;

         (b)  Optionee understands that neither the Options nor the Shares have
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") in reliance upon a
specific exemption contained in the Act which depends upon Optionee's bona fide
investment intention in acquiring these securities; that Optionee's intention is
to hold these securities for Optionee's own benefit for an indefinite period;
that Optionee has no present intention of selling or transferring any part
thereof (recognizing that the Stock Option is not transferable) and that certain
restrictions may exist on transfer of the Shares issued upon exercise of the
Stock Option;  

                                          24

<PAGE>


         (c)  Optionee understands that the Shares issued upon exercise of this
Stock Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act, or unless an
exemption from registration is available; that Rule 701 and Rule 144, two
exemptions from registration which may be available, are only available after
the satisfaction of certain conditions and require the presence of a U.S. public
market for such Shares; that no certainty exists that a U.S. public market for
the Shares will exist, and that otherwise Optionee may have to sell the Shares
pursuant to another exemption from registration which exemption may be difficult
to satisfy; and 

         (d)  The Corporation shall not be under any obligation to issue any
shares upon the exercise of this Stock Option unless and until the Corporation
has determined that:  

              (i)  it and Optionee have taken all actions required to register
such Shares under the Securities Act, or to perfect an exemption from the
registration requirements thereof;

             (ii)  any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on
which such Shares are listed has been satisfied; and 

            (iii)  all other applicable provisions of state and Federal law
have been satisfied.  

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has executed this Stock
Option Agreement, in the case of the Corporation by its duly authorized officer,
as of the date and year written above.

OPTIONEE                          DIGITAL LIGHTWAVE, INC.



By:                               By:
   -----------------------           ---------------------------
    (signature)                        (signature)


Its:                                   Its:
   -----------------------            --------------------------
    (Type or Print Name)               (Type or Print Name)


Address: 
         ----------------

         ----------------

         ----------------

<PAGE>
                                                      Exhibit 23.02





                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                                           



We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 (File No.
333-9457) of our report, dated October 21, 1996, on our audits of the financial
statements of Digital Lightwave, Inc.  We also consent to the reference to our
firm under the captions "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data."




                                                 /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.





Tampa, FL
November 1, 1996



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                                            2156
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1435
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                        714
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                  4988
<PP&E>                                            1351
<DEPRECIATION>                                     303
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    6055
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                             2725
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             2
<OTHER-SE>                                        3235
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      6055
<SALES>                                           3037
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                  3037
<CGS>                                             1152
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     1152
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  3098
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (2320)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (2320)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (2320)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                       .1
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       .1
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission